wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 CB_FILENAME = _core_.CB_FILENAME
 126 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 127 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 128 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 129 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 130 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 131 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 132 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 133 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 134 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 135 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 136 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 137 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 138 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 139 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 140 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 141 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 142 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 143 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 144 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 145 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 146 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 147 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 148 OK = _core_.OK
 149 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 150 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 151 YES = _core_.YES
 152 NO = _core_.NO
 153 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 154 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 155 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 156 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 157 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 158 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 159 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 160 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 161 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 162 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 163 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 164 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 165 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 166 RESET = _core_.RESET
 167 HELP = _core_.HELP
 168 MORE = _core_.MORE
 169 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 170 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 171 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 172 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 173 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 174 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 175 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 176 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 177 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 181 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 182 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 183 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 184 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 185 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 186 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 187 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 188 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 189 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 190 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 191 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 192 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 193 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 194 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 195 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 196 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 197 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 209 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 210 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 211 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 212 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 213 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 214 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 215 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 216 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 217 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 218 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 219 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 220 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 221 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 227 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 228 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 229 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 230 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 231 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 232 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 233 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 234 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 235 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 236 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 237 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 238 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 239 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 240 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 241 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 242 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 243 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 244 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 245 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 246 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 247 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 248 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 249 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 250 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 251 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 252 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 253 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 254 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 255 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 256 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 257 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 258 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 259 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 260 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 261 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 262 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 263 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 268 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 269 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 270 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 271 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 272 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 273 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 274 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 275 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 276 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 277 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 278 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 279 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 280 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 281 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 282 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 283 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 284 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 285 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 286 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 287 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 288 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 289 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 290 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 291 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 292 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 293 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 294 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 295 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 296 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 297 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 298 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 299 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 300 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 301 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 302 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 303 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 304 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 305 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 306 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 307 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 308 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 309 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 310 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 311 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 312 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 313 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 314 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 315 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 316 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 317 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 318 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 319 UP = _core_.UP
 320 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 321 TOP = _core_.TOP
 322 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 323 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 324 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 325 WEST = _core_.WEST
 326 EAST = _core_.EAST
 327 ALL = _core_.ALL
 328 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 329 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 330 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 331 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 332 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 333 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 334 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 335 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 336 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 337 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 338 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 339 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 340 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 341 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 342 GROW = _core_.GROW
 343 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 344 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 345 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 346 TILE = _core_.TILE
 347 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 348 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 349 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 350 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 351 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 352 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 353 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 354 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 355 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 356 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 357 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 358 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 359 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 360 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 361 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 362 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 363 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 364 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 365 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 366 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 367 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 368 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 369 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 370 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 371 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 372 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 373 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 374 DOT = _core_.DOT
 375 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 376 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 377 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 378 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 379 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 380 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 381 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 382 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 383 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 384 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 385 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 386 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 387 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 388 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 389 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 390 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 391 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 392 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 393 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 394 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 395 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 396 XOR = _core_.XOR
 397 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 398 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 399 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 400 COPY = _core_.COPY
 401 AND = _core_.AND
 402 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 403 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 404 NOR = _core_.NOR
 405 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 406 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 407 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 408 NAND = _core_.NAND
 409 OR = _core_.OR
 410 SET = _core_.SET
 411 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 412 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 413 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 414 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 415 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 416 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 417 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 418 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 419 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 420 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 421 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 422 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 423 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 424 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 425 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 426 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 427 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 428 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 429 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 430 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 431 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 432 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 433 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 434 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 435 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 436 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 437 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 438 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 439 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 440 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 441 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 442 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 443 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 444 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 445 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 446 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 447 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 448 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 449 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 450 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 451 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 452 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 453 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 454 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 455 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 456 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 457 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 458 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 459 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 460 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 461 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 462 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 463 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 464 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 465 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 466 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 467 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 468 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 469 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 470 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 471 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 472 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 473 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 474 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 475 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 476 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 477 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 478 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 479 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 480 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 481 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 482 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 483 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 484 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 485 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 486 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 513 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 514 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 515 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 516 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 517 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 518 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 519 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 520 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 521 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 522 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 523 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 524 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 525 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 526 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 527 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 528 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 529 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 530 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 531 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 532 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 533 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 534 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 535 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 536 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 537 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 538 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 539 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 540 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 541 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 542 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 543 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 544 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 545 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 546 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 547 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 548 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 549 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 550 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 551 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 552 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 553 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 554 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 555 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 556 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 557 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 558 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 559 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 560 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 561 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 562 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 563 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 564 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 565 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 566 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 567 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 568 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 569 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 570 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 571 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 572 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 573 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 574 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 575 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 576 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 577 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 578 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 579 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 580 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 581 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 582 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 583 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 584 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 585 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 586 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 587 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 588 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 589 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 591 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 592 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 593 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 594 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 595 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 596 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 597 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 598 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 599 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 600 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 601 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 602 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 603 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 604 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 605 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 606 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 607 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 608 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 609 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 610 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 611 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 624 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 625 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 627 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 628 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 630 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 631 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 632 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 633 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 634 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 635 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 636 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 637 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 638 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 639 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 640 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 641 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 642 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 654 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 655 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 656 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 657 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 658 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 659 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 660 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 661 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 662 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 663 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 669 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 672 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 673 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 674 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 675 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 676 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 677 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 678 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 679 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 680 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 681 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 682 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 683 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 684 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 685 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 686 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 687 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 688 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 689 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 690 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 691 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 692
 693 class Object(object):
 694     """
 695     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 696     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 697     """
 698     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 699     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 700     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 701     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 702         """
 703         GetClassName(self) -> String
 704
 705         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 706         """
 707         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 708
 709     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 710         """
 711         Destroy(self)
 712
 713         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 714         """
 715         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 716         args[0].thisown = 0
 717         return val
 718
 719 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 720 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 721 cvar = _core_.cvar
 722 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 723
 724 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 725
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 746 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 747 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 748 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 749 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 750 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 751 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 752 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 753 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 754 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 755 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 756 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 757 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 758 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 759 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 760 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 761 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 762 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 763 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 764 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 765 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 766 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 767 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 768 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 769 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 770 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 771 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 772 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 773 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 774 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 775 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 776 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 777 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 778
 779 class Size(object):
 780     """
 781     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 782     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 783     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 784     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 785     """
 786     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 787     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 788     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 789     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 790     x = width; y = height
 791     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 792         """
 793         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 794
 795         Creates a size object.
 796         """
 797         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 798     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 799     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 800     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 801         """
 802         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 803
 804         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 805         """
 806         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 807
 808     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 809         """
 810         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 811
 812         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 813         """
 814         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 815
 816     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 817         """
 818         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 819
 820         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 821         """
 822         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 823
 824     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 825         """
 826         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 827
 828         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 829         """
 830         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 831
 832     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 833         """
 834         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 835
 836         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 837         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 838         """
 839         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 840
 841     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 842         """
 843         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 844
 845         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 846         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 847         """
 848         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 849
 850     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 851         """
 852         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 853
 854         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 855         """
 856         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 857
 858     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 859         """
 860         Set(self, int w, int h)
 861
 862         Set both width and height.
 863         """
 864         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 865
 866     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 867         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 868         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 869
 870     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 871         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 872         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 873
 874     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 875         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 876         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 877
 878     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 879         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 880         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 881
 882     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 883         """
 884         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 885
 886         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 887         """
 888         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 889
 890     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 891         """
 892         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 893
 894         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 895         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 896         """
 897         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 898
 899     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 900         """
 901         Get() -> (width,height)
 902
 903         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 904         """
 905         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 906
 907     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 908     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 909     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 910     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 911     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 912     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 913         if index == 0: self.width = val
 914         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 915         else: raise IndexError
 916     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 917     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 918     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 919
 920 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 921
 922 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 923
 924 class RealPoint(object):
 925     """
 926     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 927     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 928     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 929     """
 930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 932     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 933     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 934     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 935         """
 936         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 937
 938         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 939         """
 940         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 941     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 942     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 943     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 944         """
 945         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 946
 947         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 948         """
 949         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 950
 951     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 952         """
 953         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 954
 955         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 956         """
 957         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 958
 959     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 960         """
 961         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 962
 963         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 964         """
 965         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 966
 967     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 968         """
 969         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 970
 971         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 972         """
 973         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 974
 975     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 976         """
 977         Set(self, double x, double y)
 978
 979         Set both the x and y properties
 980         """
 981         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 982
 983     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 984         """
 985         Get() -> (x,y)
 986
 987         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 988         """
 989         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 990
 991     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 992     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 993     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 994     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 995     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 996     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 997         if index == 0: self.x = val
 998         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 999         else: raise IndexError
1000     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1001     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1002     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1003
1004 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1005
1006 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1007
1008 class Point(object):
1009     """
1010     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1011     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1012     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1013     """
1014     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1015     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1016     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1017     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1018     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1019         """
1020         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1021
1022         Create a wx.Point object
1023         """
1024         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1025     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1026     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1027     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1028         """
1029         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1030
1031         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1032         """
1033         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1034
1035     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1036         """
1037         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1038
1039         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1040         """
1041         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1042
1043     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1044         """
1045         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1046
1047         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1048         """
1049         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1050
1051     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1052         """
1053         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1054
1055         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1056         """
1057         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1058
1059     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1060         """
1061         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1062
1063         Add pt to this object.
1064         """
1065         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1066
1067     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1068         """
1069         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1070
1071         Subtract pt from this object.
1072         """
1073         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1074
1075     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1076         """
1077         Set(self, long x, long y)
1078
1079         Set both the x and y properties
1080         """
1081         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1082
1083     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1084         """
1085         Get() -> (x,y)
1086
1087         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1088         """
1089         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1090
1091     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1092     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1093     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1094     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1095     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1096     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1097         if index == 0: self.x = val
1098         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1099         else: raise IndexError
1100     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1101     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1102     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1103
1104 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1105
1106 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1107
1108 class Rect(object):
1109     """
1110     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1111     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1112     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1113     """
1114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1117         """
1118         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1119
1120         Create a new Rect object.
1121         """
1122         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1123     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1124     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1125     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1126         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1127         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1128
1129     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1130         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1131         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1132
1133     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1214         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1215         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1216
1217     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1218         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1219         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1220
1221     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1222         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1223         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1224
1225     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1226     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1227     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1228     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1229     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1230     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1231
1232     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1233         """
1234         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1235
1236         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1237
1238         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1239         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1240         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1241         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1242         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1243         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1244         direction.
1245
1246         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1247         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1248         first::
1249
1250             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1251             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1252
1253
1254         """
1255         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1256
1257     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1258         """
1259         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1260
1261         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1262         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1263         `Inflate` for a full description.
1264         """
1265         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1266
1267     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1268         """
1269         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1270
1271         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1272         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1273         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1274         """
1275         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1276
1277     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1278         """
1279         Offset(self, Point pt)
1280
1281         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1282         """
1283         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1284
1285     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1286         """
1287         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1288
1289         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1290         """
1291         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1292
1293     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1294         """
1295         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1296
1297         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1298         """
1299         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1300
1301     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1302         """
1303         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1304
1305         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1306         """
1307         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1308
1309     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1310         """
1311         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1312
1313         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1314         """
1315         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1316
1317     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1318         """
1319         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1320
1321         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1322         """
1323         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1324
1325     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1326         """
1327         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1328
1329         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1330         """
1331         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1332
1333     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1334         """
1335         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1336
1337         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1338         """
1339         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1340
1341     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1342         """
1343         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1344
1345         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1346         """
1347         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1348
1349     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1350         """
1351         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1352
1353         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1354         """
1355         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1356
1357     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1358         """
1359         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1360
1361         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1362         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1363         """
1364         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1365
1366     CentreIn = CenterIn
1367     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1368     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1369     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1370     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1371     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1372         """
1373         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1374
1375         Set all rectangle properties.
1376         """
1377         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1378
1379     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1380         """
1381         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1382
1383         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1384         """
1385         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1386
1387     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1388     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1389     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1390     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1391     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1392     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1393         if index == 0: self.x = val
1394         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1395         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1396         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1397         else: raise IndexError
1398     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1399     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1400     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1401
1402 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1403
1404 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1405     """
1406     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1407
1408     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1409     """
1410     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1411     return val
1412
1413 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1414     """
1415     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1416
1417     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1418     """
1419     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1420     return val
1421
1422 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1423     """
1424     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1425
1426     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1427     """
1428     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1429     return val
1430
1431
1432 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1433   """
1434     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1435
1436     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1437     """
1438   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1439 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1440
1441 class Point2D(object):
1442     """
1443     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1444     with floating point values.
1445     """
1446     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1447     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1448     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1449         """
1450         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1451
1452         Create a w.Point2D object.
1453         """
1454         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1455     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1456         """
1457         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1458
1459         Convert to integer
1460         """
1461         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1462
1463     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1464         """
1465         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1466
1467         Convert to integer
1468         """
1469         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1470
1471     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1472         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1473         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1474
1475     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1476         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1477         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1478
1479     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1480         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1481         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1482
1483     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1484         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1485         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1486
1487     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1488         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1489         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1490     def Normalize(self):
1491         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1492
1493     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1494         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1495         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1496
1497     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1498         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1499         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1500
1501     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1502         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1503         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1504
1505     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1506         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1507         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1508
1509     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1510         """
1511         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1512
1513         the reflection of this point
1514         """
1515         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1516
1517     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1518         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1519         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1520
1521     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1522         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1523         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1524
1525     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1526         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1527         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1528
1529     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1530         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1531         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1532
1533     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1534         """
1535         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1536
1537         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1538         """
1539         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1540
1541     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1542         """
1543         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1544
1545         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1546         """
1547         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1548
1549     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1550     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1551     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1552         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1553         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1554
1555     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1556         """
1557         Get() -> (x,y)
1558
1559         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1560         """
1561         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1562
1563     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1564     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1565     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1566     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1567     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1568     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1569         if index == 0: self.x = val
1570         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1571         else: raise IndexError
1572     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1573     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1574     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1575
1576 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1577
1578 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1579     """
1580     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1581
1582     Create a w.Point2D object.
1583     """
1584     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1585     return val
1586
1587 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1588     """
1589     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1590
1591     Create a w.Point2D object.
1592     """
1593     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1594     return val
1595
1596 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1597
1598 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1599 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1600 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1601 class InputStream(object):
1602     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1603     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1604     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1605     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1606         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1607         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1608     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1609     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1610     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1611         """close(self)"""
1612         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1613
1614     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1615         """flush(self)"""
1616         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1617
1618     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1619         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1620         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1621
1622     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1623         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1624         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1625
1626     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1627         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1628         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1629
1630     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1631         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1632         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1633
1634     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1635         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1636         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1637
1638     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1639         """tell(self) -> int"""
1640         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1641
1642     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1643         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1644         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1645
1646     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1647         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1648         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1649
1650     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1651         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1652         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1653
1654     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1655         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1656         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1657
1658     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1659         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1660         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1661
1662     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1663         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1664         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1665
1666     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1667         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1668         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1669
1670     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1671         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1672         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1673
1674 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1675 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1676 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1677
1678 class OutputStream(object):
1679     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1680     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1681     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1682     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1683     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1684         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1685         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1686
1687     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1688         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1689         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1690
1691 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1692
1693 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1694
1695 class FSFile(Object):
1696     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1697     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1698     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1699     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1700         """
1701         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1702             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1703         """
1704         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1705     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1706     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1707     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1708         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1709         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1710
1711     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1712         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1713         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1714
1715     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1716         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1717         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1718
1719     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1720         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1721         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1722
1723     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1724         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1725         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1726
1727 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1728
1729 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1730     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1731     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1732     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1733     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1734     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1735     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1736 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1737
1738 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1739     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1740     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1741     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1742     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1743         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1744         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1745         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1746
1747     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1748         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1749         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1750
1751     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1752         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1753         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1754
1755     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1756         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1757         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1758
1759     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1760         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1761         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1762
1763     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1764         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1765         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1766
1767     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1768         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1769         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1770
1771     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1772         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1773         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1774
1775     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1776         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1777         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1778
1779     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1780         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1781         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1782
1783     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1784         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1785         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1786
1787 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1788
1789 class FileSystem(Object):
1790     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1792     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1793     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1794         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1795         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1796     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1797     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1798     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1799         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1800         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1801
1802     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1803         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1804         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1805
1806     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1807         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1808         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1809
1810     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1811         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1812         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1813
1814     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1815         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1816         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1817
1818     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1819         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1820         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1821
1822     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1823     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1824         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1825         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1826
1827     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1828     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1829         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1830         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1831
1832     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1833     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1834         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1835         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1836
1837     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1838 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1839
1840 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1841   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1842   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1843
1844 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1845   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1846   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1847
1848 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1849   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1850   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1851
1852 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1853   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1854   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1857     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1858     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1859     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1860     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1861         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1862         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1863     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1864         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1865         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1866
1867     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1868         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1869         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1870
1871 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1872
1873 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1874     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1875     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1876     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1877     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1878         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1879         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1880     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1881         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1882         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1883
1884     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1885         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1886         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1887
1888     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1889         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1890         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1891
1892     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1893         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1894         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1895
1896 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1897
1898
1899 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1900   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1901   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1902
1903 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1904   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1905   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1906
1907 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1908   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1909   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1910 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1911     """
1912     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1913     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1914     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1915     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1916     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1917     """
1918     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1919         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1920     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1921         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1922     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1923         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1924     else:
1925         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1926
1927 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1928     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1929     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1930     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1931     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1932         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1933         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1934     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1935         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1936         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1937
1938     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1939     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1940     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1941         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1942         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1943
1944     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1945         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1946         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1947
1948     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1949         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1950         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1951
1952     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1953         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1954         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1955
1956 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1957
1958 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1959   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1960   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1963 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1964 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1965 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1966
1967 class ImageHandler(Object):
1968     """
1969     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1970     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1971     normally seen by the application.
1972     """
1973     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1974     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1975     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1976     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1977         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1978         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1979
1980     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1981         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1982         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1983
1984     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1985         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1986         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1987
1988     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1989         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1990         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1991
1992     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1993         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1994         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1995
1996     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
1997         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
1998         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
1999
2000     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2001         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2002         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2003
2004     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2005         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2006         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2007
2008     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2009         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2010         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2011
2012     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2013         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2014         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2015
2016 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2017
2018 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2019     """
2020     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2021     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2022     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2023     the following methods::
2024
2025         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2026             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2027
2028         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2029             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2030
2031         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2032             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2033                this handler's image file format.'''
2034
2035         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2036             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2037                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2038
2039     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2040     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2041     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2042
2043     """
2044     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2045     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2046     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2047         """
2048         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2049
2050         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2051         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2052         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2053         the following methods::
2054
2055             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2056                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2057
2058             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2059                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2060
2061             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2062                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2063                    this handler's image file format.'''
2064
2065             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2066                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2067                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2068
2069         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2070         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2071         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2072
2073         """
2074         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2075         self._SetSelf(self)
2076
2077     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2078         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2079         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2080
2081 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2082
2083 class ImageHistogram(object):
2084     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2085     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2086     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2087     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2088         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2089         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2090     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2091         """
2092         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2093
2094         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2095         """
2096         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2097
2098     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2099     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2100         """
2101         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2102
2103         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2104         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2105         success flag and rgb values.
2106         """
2107         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2108
2109     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2110         """
2111         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2112
2113         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2114         key value from a RGB tripple.
2115         """
2116         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2117
2118     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2119         """
2120         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2121
2122         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2123         """
2124         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2125
2126     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2127         """
2128         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2129
2130         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2131         """
2132         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2133
2134 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2135
2136 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2137   """
2138     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2139
2140     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2141     """
2142   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2143
2144 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2145     """
2146     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2147     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2148     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2149     color space.
2150     """
2151     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2152     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2153     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2154         """
2155         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2156
2157         Constructor.
2158         """
2159         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2160     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2161     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2162     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2163 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2164
2165 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2166     """
2167     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2168     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2169     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2170     color space.
2171     """
2172     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2173     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2174     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2175         """
2176         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2177
2178         Constructor.
2179         """
2180         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2181     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2182     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2183     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2184 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2185
2186 class Image(Object):
2187     """
2188     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2189     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2190     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2191     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2192
2193     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2194     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2195     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2196     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2197
2198     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2199     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2200     bitmap object.
2201
2202     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2203     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2204     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2205     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2206     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2207
2208     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2209     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2210     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2211     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2212     """
2213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2216         """
2217         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2218
2219         Loads an image from a file.
2220         """
2221         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2222     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2223     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2224     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2225         """
2226         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2227
2228         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2229         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2230         """
2231         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2232
2233     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2234         """
2235         Destroy(self)
2236
2237         Destroys the image data.
2238         """
2239         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2240         args[0].thisown = 0
2241         return val
2242
2243     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2244         """
2245         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2246
2247         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2248         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2249         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2250         """
2251         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2252
2253     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2254         """
2255         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2256
2257         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2258         """
2259         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2260
2261     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2262         """
2263         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2264
2265         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2266         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2267
2268         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2269         """
2270         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2271
2272     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2273         """
2274         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2275
2276         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2277         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2278         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2279         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2280         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2281         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2282         newly exposed areas.
2283
2284         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2285         """
2286         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2287
2288     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2289         """
2290         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2291
2292         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2293         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2294         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2295         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2296         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2297         """
2298         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2299
2300     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2301         """
2302         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2303
2304         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2305         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2306         safe way to manipulate the data.
2307         """
2308         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2309
2310     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2311         """
2312         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2313
2314         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2315         """
2316         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2317
2318     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2319         """
2320         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2321
2322         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2323         """
2324         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2325
2326     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2327         """
2328         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2329
2330         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2331         """
2332         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2333
2334     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2335         """
2336         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2337
2338         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2339         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2340         for this.
2341         """
2342         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2343
2344     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2345         """
2346         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2347
2348         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2349         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2350         this.
2351
2352         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2353         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2354         the fully opaque pixels.
2355         """
2356         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2357
2358     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2359         """
2360         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2361
2362         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2363         """
2364         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2365
2366     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2367         """
2368         InitAlpha(self)
2369
2370         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2371         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2372         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2373         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2374         """
2375         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2376
2377     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2378         """
2379         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2380
2381         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2382         than the spcified threshold.
2383         """
2384         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2385
2386     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """
2388         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2389
2390         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2391         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2392         success flag and rgb values.
2393         """
2394         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2395
2396     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2397         """
2398         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2399
2400         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2401         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2402         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2403         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2404
2405         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2406         nothing.
2407         """
2408         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2411         """
2412         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2413
2414         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2415         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2416         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2417         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2418         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2419         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2420         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2421         """
2422         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2423
2424     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2425         """
2426         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2427
2428         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2429         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2430         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2431         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2432         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2433
2434         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2435         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2436         mask was successfully applied.
2437
2438         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2439         computationally intensive operation.
2440         """
2441         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2442
2443     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2444         """
2445         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2446
2447         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2448         """
2449         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2450
2451     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2452     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2453         """
2454         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2455
2456         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2457         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2458         the number of available images.
2459         """
2460         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2461
2462     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2463     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2464         """
2465         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2466
2467         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2468         library will try to autodetect the format.
2469         """
2470         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2471
2472     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2473         """
2474         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2475
2476         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2477         string.
2478         """
2479         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2480
2481     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2482         """
2483         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2484
2485         Saves an image in the named file.
2486         """
2487         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2488
2489     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2490         """
2491         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2492
2493         Saves an image in the named file.
2494         """
2495         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2496
2497     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2498         """
2499         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2500
2501         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2502         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2503         object.
2504         """
2505         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2506
2507     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2508     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2509         """
2510         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2511
2512         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2513         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2514         autodetect the format.
2515         """
2516         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2517
2518     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2519         """
2520         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2521
2522         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2523         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2524         """
2525         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2526
2527     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2528         """
2529         Ok(self) -> bool
2530
2531         Returns true if image data is present.
2532         """
2533         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2534
2535     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2536         """
2537         GetWidth(self) -> int
2538
2539         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2540         """
2541         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2542
2543     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2544         """
2545         GetHeight(self) -> int
2546
2547         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2548         """
2549         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2550
2551     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2552         """
2553         GetSize(self) -> Size
2554
2555         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2556         """
2557         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2558
2559     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2560         """
2561         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2562
2563         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2564         entirely to the image.
2565         """
2566         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2567
2568     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2569         """
2570         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2571
2572         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2573         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2574         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2575         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2576         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2577         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2578         newly exposed areas.
2579         """
2580         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2581
2582     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2583         """
2584         Copy(self) -> Image
2585
2586         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2587         """
2588         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2589
2590     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2591         """
2592         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2593
2594         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2595         and any out of bounds problems.
2596         """
2597         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2598
2599     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2600         """
2601         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2602
2603         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2604         """
2605         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2606
2607     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2608         """
2609         SetData(self, buffer data)
2610
2611         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2612         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2613         the data must be width*height*3.
2614         """
2615         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2616
2617     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2618         """
2619         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2620
2621         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2622         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2623         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2624         """
2625         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2626
2627     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2628         """
2629         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2630
2631         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2632         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2633         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2634         """
2635         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2636
2637     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2638         """
2639         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2640
2641         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2642         """
2643         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2644
2645     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2646         """
2647         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2648
2649         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2650         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2651         data must be width*height.
2652         """
2653         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2654
2655     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2656         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2657         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2658
2659     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2660         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2661         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2662
2663     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2664         """
2665         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2666
2667         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2668         mask).
2669         """
2670         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2671
2672     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2673         """
2674         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2675
2676         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2677         """
2678         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2679
2680     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2681         """
2682         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2683
2684         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2685         """
2686         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2687
2688     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2689         """
2690         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2691
2692         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2693         """
2694         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2695
2696     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2697         """
2698         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2699
2700         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2701         """
2702         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2703
2704     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2705         """
2706         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2707
2708         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2709         determined by the current mask colour.
2710         """
2711         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2712
2713     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2714         """
2715         HasMask(self) -> bool
2716
2717         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2718         """
2719         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2720
2721     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2722         """
2723         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2724             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2725
2726         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2727         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2728         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2729         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2730         will be used as the fill colour.
2731
2732         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2733         """
2734         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2735
2736     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2737         """
2738         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2739
2740         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2741         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2742         """
2743         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2744
2745     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2746         """
2747         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2748
2749         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2750         indicates the orientation.
2751         """
2752         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2753
2754     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2755         """
2756         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2757
2758         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2759         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2760         """
2761         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2762
2763     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2764         """
2765         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2766
2767         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2768         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2769         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2770         """
2771         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2772
2773     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2774         """
2775         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2776
2777         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2778         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2779         colour everywhere else.
2780         """
2781         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2782
2783     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2784         """
2785         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2786
2787         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2788         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2789         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2790         """
2791         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2792
2793     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2794         """
2795         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2796
2797         Sets an image option as an integer.
2798         """
2799         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2800
2801     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2802         """
2803         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2804
2805         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2806         """
2807         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2808
2809     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2810         """
2811         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2812
2813         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2814         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2821
2822         Returns true if the given option is present.
2823         """
2824         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2825
2826     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2828         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2829
2830     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2831         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2832         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2835         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2836         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2837
2838     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2839     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2840         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2841         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2842
2843     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2844     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2845         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2846         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2847
2848     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2849     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2850         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2851         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2852
2853     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2854     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2855         """
2856         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2857
2858         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2859         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2860         dialog boxes.
2861         """
2862         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2863
2864     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2865     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2867         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2868
2869     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2870         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2871         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2872
2873     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2874         """
2875         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2876
2877         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2878         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2879         """
2880         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2881
2882     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2883         """
2884         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2885
2886         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2887         """
2888         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2889
2890     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2891     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2892         """
2893         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2894
2895         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2896         """
2897         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2898
2899     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2900     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2901 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2902
2903 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2904     """
2905     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2906
2907     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2908     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2909     """
2910     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2911     return val
2912
2913 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2914     """
2915     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2916
2917     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2918     object.
2919     """
2920     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2921     return val
2922
2923 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2924     """
2925     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2926
2927     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2928     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2929     """
2930     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2931     return val
2932
2933 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2934     """
2935     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2936
2937     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2938     pixels to black.
2939     """
2940     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2941     return val
2942
2943 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2944     """
2945     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2946
2947     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2948     """
2949     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2950     return val
2951
2952 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2953     """
2954     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2955
2956     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2957     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2958     must be width*height*3.
2959     """
2960     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2961     return val
2962
2963 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2964     """
2965     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2966
2967     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2968     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2969     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2970     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2971     """
2972     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2973     return val
2974
2975 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2976   """
2977     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2978
2979     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2980     """
2981   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2982
2983 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2984   """
2985     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2986
2987     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2988     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2989     the number of available images.
2990     """
2991   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2992
2993 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2994   """
2995     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2996
2997     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2998     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2999     object.
3000     """
3001   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3002
3003 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3004   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3005   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3008   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3009   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3010
3011 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3012   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3013   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3014
3015 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3016   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3017   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3018
3019 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3020   """
3021     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3022
3023     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3024     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3025     dialog boxes.
3026     """
3027   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3028
3029 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3030   """
3031     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3032
3033     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3034     """
3035   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3036
3037 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3038   """
3039     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3040
3041     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3042     """
3043   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3044
3045 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3046     """
3047     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3048     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3049     """
3050     pass
3051
3052 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3053 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3054 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3055 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3056 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3057 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3058 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3059 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3060 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3061 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3062 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3063 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3064 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3065 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3066 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3067     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3068     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3069     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3070     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3071         """
3072         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3073
3074         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3075         """
3076         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3077 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3078 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3081 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3082 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3083 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3084 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3085 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3086 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3087 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3088 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3089 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3090 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3091 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3092 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3093 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3094
3095 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3096     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3097     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3099     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3100         """
3101         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3102
3103         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3104         """
3105         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3106 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3107
3108 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3109     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3110     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3111     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3112     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3113         """
3114         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3115
3116         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3117         """
3118         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3119 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3120
3121 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3122     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3123     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3124     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3125     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3126         """
3127         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3128
3129         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3130         """
3131         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3132 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3133
3134 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3135     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3136     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3137     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3138     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3139         """
3140         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3141
3142         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3143         """
3144         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3145 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3146
3147 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3148     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3149     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3150     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3151     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3152         """
3153         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3154
3155         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3156         """
3157         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3158 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3159
3160 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3161     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3165         """
3166         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3167
3168         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3169         """
3170         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3171 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3172
3173 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3174     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3175     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3176     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3177     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3178         """
3179         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3180
3181         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3182         """
3183         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3184 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3185
3186 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3187     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3188     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3189     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3190     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3191         """
3192         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3193
3194         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3195         """
3196         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3197 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3198
3199 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3200     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3201     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3202     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3203     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3204         """
3205         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3206
3207         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3208         """
3209         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3210 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3211
3212 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3213     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3216     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3217         """
3218         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3219
3220         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3221         """
3222         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3223 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3224
3225 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3226 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3227 class Quantize(object):
3228     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3229     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3230     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3231     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3232     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3233         """
3234         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3235
3236         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3237         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3238         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3239         """
3240         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3241
3242     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3243 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3244
3245 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3246   """
3247     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3248
3249     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3250     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3251     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3252     """
3253   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3254
3255 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3256
3257 class EvtHandler(Object):
3258     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3259     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3260     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3261     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3262         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3263         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3264     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3265         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3266         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3267
3268     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3269         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3270         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3271
3272     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3273         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3274         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3275
3276     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3277         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3278         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3279
3280     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3281         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3282         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3283
3284     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3285         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3286         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3287
3288     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3289         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3290         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3291
3292     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3293         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3294         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3295
3296     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3297         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3298         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3299
3300     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3301         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3302         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3303
3304     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3305         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3306         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3307
3308     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3309         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3310         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3311         args[0].thisown = 0
3312         return val
3313
3314     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3315         """
3316         Bind an event to an event handler.
3317
3318         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3319                       type of event to bind,
3320
3321         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3322                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3323                       disconnect an event handler.
3324
3325         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3326                       different window than self, but you still
3327                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3328                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3329                       passing the source of the event, the event
3330                       handling system is able to differentiate
3331                       between the same event type from different
3332                       controls.
3333
3334         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3335                    of instance.
3336
3337         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3338                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3339         """
3340         if source is not None:
3341             id  = source.GetId()
3342         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3343
3344     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3345         """
3346         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3347         Returns True if successful.
3348         """
3349         if source is not None:
3350             id  = source.GetId()
3351         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3352
3353 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3354
3355 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3356
3357 class PyEventBinder(object):
3358     """
3359     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3360     handlers.
3361     """
3362     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3363         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3364             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3365         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3366
3367         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3368             self.evtType = evtType
3369         else:
3370             self.evtType = [evtType]
3371
3372
3373     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3374         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3375         for et in self.evtType:
3376             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3377
3378
3379     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3380         """Remove an event binding."""
3381         success = 0
3382         for et in self.evtType:
3383             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3384         return success != 0
3385
3386
3387     def __call__(self, *args):
3388         """
3389         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3390         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3391         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3392         type of the event.
3393         """
3394         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3395         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3396         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3397         target = args[0]
3398         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3399             func = args[1]
3400         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3401             id1 = args[1]
3402             func = args[2]
3403         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3404             id1 = args[1]
3405             id2 = args[2]
3406             func = args[3]
3407         else:
3408             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3409
3410         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3411
3412
3413 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3414 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3415     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3416 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3417     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3418
3419
3420 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3421
3422 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3423
3424 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3425 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3426
3427 def NewEventType(*args):
3428   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3429   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3430 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3431 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3432 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3434 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3435 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3436 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3437 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3438 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3439 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3440 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3441 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3442 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3443 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3444 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3445 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3446 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3447 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3448 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3449 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3450 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3451 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3452 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3453 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3454 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3455 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3456 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3457 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3458 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3459 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3460 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3461 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3462 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3463 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3464 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3465 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3466 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3467 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3468 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3469 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3470 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3471 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3472 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3473 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3474 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3475 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3476 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3477 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3478 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3479 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3480 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3481 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3482 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3483 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3484 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3485 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3486 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3487 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3488 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3489 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3490 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3491 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3492 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3493 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3494 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3495 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3496 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3497 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3498 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3499 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3500 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3501 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3502 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3503 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3504 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3505 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3506 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3507 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3508 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3509 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3510 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3511 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3512 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3513 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3514 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3515 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3516 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3517 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3518 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3519 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3520 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3521 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3522 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3523 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3524 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3525 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3526 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3527 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3528 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3529 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3530 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3531 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3532 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3533 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3534 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3535 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3536 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3537 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3538 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3539 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3540 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3541 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3542 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3543 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3544 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3545 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3546 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3547 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3548 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3549 #
3550 # Create some event binders
3551 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3552 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3553 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3554 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3555 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3556 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3557 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3558 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3559 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3560 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3561 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3562 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3563 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3564 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3565 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3566 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3567 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3568 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3569 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3570 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3571 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3572 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3573 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3574 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3575 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3576 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3577 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3578 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3579 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3580 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3581 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3582 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3583 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3584 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3585 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3586 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3587 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3588 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3589 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3590 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3591 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3592 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3593
3594 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3595 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3596 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3597 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3598 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3599 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3600 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3601 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3602 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3603 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3604 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3605 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3606 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3607
3608 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3609                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3610                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3611                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3612                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3613                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3614                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3615                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3616                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3617                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3618                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3619                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3620                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3621                                      ])
3622
3623
3624 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3625 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3626                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3627                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3628                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3629                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3630                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3631                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3632                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3633                                   ])
3634
3635 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3636 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3637 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3638 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3639 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3640 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3641 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3642 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3643
3644 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3645 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3646                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3647                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3648                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3649                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3650                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3651                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3652                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3653                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3654                                ])
3655
3656 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3657 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3658 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3659 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3660 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3661 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3662 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3663 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3664 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3665 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3666
3667 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3668 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3669                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3670                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3671                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3672                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3673                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3674                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3675                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3676                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3677                                        ], 1)
3678
3679 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3680 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3681 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3682 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3683 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3684 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3685 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3686 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3687 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3688 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3689
3690 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3691 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3692 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3693 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3694 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3695 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3696 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3697 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3698 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3699 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3700
3701 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3702 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3703 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3704 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3705 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3706 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3707 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3708 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3709 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3710
3711
3712 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3713 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3714 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3715 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3716 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3717 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3718 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3719
3720 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3721
3722 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3723 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3724
3725 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3726
3727 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3728 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3729 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3730
3731
3732 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3733
3734 class Event(Object):
3735     """
3736     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3737     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3738     other event classes
3739     """
3740     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3741     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3742     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3743     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3744     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3745     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3746         """
3747         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3748
3749         Sets the specific type of the event.
3750         """
3751         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3752
3753     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3754         """
3755         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3756
3757         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3758         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3759         """
3760         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3761
3762     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3763         """
3764         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3765
3766         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3767         any.
3768         """
3769         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3770
3771     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3772         """
3773         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3774
3775         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3776         object that is sending the event.
3777         """
3778         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3779
3780     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3781         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3782         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3783
3784     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3785         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3786         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3787
3788     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3789         """
3790         GetId(self) -> int
3791
3792         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3793         command id.
3794         """
3795         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3796
3797     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3798         """
3799         SetId(self, int Id)
3800
3801         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3802         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3803         item, etc.
3804         """
3805         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3806
3807     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3808         """
3809         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3810
3811         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3812         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3813         """
3814         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3815
3816     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3817         """
3818         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3819
3820         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3821         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3822         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3823         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3824         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3825         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3826         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3827
3828         """
3829         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3830
3831     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3832         """
3833         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3834
3835         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3836         :see: `Skip`
3837         """
3838         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3839
3840     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3841         """
3842         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3843
3844         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3845         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3846         """
3847         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3848
3849     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3850         """
3851         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3852
3853         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3854         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3855         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3856         """
3857         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3858
3859     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3860         """
3861         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3862
3863         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3864         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3865         `StopPropagation`.)
3866
3867         """
3868         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3869
3870     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3871         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3872         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3873
3874 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3875
3876 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3877
3878 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3879     """
3880     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3881     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3882     propogation of the event will be restored.
3883     """
3884     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3885     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3886     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3887         """
3888         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3889
3890         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3891         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3892         propogation of the event will be restored.
3893         """
3894         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3895     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3896     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3897 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3898
3899 class PropagateOnce(object):
3900     """
3901     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3902     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3903     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3904     """
3905     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3906     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3907     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3908         """
3909         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3910
3911         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3912         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3913         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3914         """
3915         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3916     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3917     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3918 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3919
3920 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3921
3922 class CommandEvent(Event):
3923     """
3924     This event class contains information about command events, which
3925     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3926     toolbars.
3927     """
3928     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3929     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3930     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3931         """
3932         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3933
3934         This event class contains information about command events, which
3935         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3936         toolbars.
3937         """
3938         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3939     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3940         """
3941         GetSelection(self) -> int
3942
3943         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3944         for a deselection).
3945         """
3946         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3947
3948     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3949         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3950         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3951
3952     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3953         """
3954         GetString(self) -> String
3955
3956         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3957         for a deselection).
3958         """
3959         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3960
3961     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3962         """
3963         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3964
3965         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3966         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3967         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3968         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3969         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3970         """
3971         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3972
3973     Checked = IsChecked
3974     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3975         """
3976         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3977
3978         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3979         false if it is a deselection.
3980         """
3981         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3982
3983     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3984         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3985         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3986
3987     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3988         """
3989         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3990
3991         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3992         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3993         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3994         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3995         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3996         listbox must be examined by the application.
3997         """
3998         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3999
4000     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4001         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4002         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4003
4004     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4005         """
4006         GetInt(self) -> int
4007
4008         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4009         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4010         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4011         """
4012         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4013
4014     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4015         """
4016         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4017
4018         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4019         """
4020         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4021
4022     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4023         """
4024         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4025
4026         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4027         """
4028         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4029
4030     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4031     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4032
4033     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4034         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4035         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4036
4037 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4038
4039 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4040
4041 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4042     """
4043     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4044     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4045     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4046     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4047     """
4048     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4049     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4050     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4051         """
4052         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4053
4054         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4055         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4056         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4057         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4058         """
4059         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4060     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4061         """
4062         Veto(self)
4063
4064         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4065
4066         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4067         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4068         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4069         """
4070         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4071
4072     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4073         """
4074         Allow(self)
4075
4076         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4077         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4078         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4079         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4080         """
4081         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4082
4083     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4084         """
4085         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4086
4087         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4088         false otherwise (if it was).
4089         """
4090         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4091
4092 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4093
4094 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4095
4096 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4097     """
4098     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4099     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4100     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4101     instead.
4102     """
4103     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4104     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4105     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4106         """
4107         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4108             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4109         """
4110         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4111     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4112         """
4113         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4114
4115         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4116         the scrollbar.
4117         """
4118         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4119
4120     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4121         """
4122         GetPosition(self) -> int
4123
4124         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4125         """
4126         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4127
4128     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4129         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4130         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4131
4132     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4133         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4134         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4135
4136 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4137
4138 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4139
4140 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4141     """
4142     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4143     scrolling windows.
4144     """
4145     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4146     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4147     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4148         """
4149         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4150
4151         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4152         scrolling windows.
4153         """
4154         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4155     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4156         """
4157         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4158
4159         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4160         the scrollbar.
4161         """
4162         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4163
4164     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4165         """
4166         GetPosition(self) -> int
4167
4168         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4169         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4170         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4171         """
4172         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4173
4174     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4175         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4176         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4177
4178     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4179         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4180         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4181
4182 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4183
4184 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4185
4186 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4187 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4188 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4189 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4190 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4191 class MouseEvent(Event):
4192     """
4193     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4194     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4195     mouse move events.
4196
4197     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4198     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4199     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4200     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4201     events from it.
4202
4203     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4204     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4205     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4206     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4207     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4208     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4209     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4210     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4211     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4212     """
4213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4214     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4215     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4216         """
4217         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4218
4219         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4220
4221             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4222             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4223             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4224             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4225             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4226             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4227             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4228             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4229             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4230             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4231             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4232             * wxEVT_MOTION
4233             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4234         """
4235         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4236     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4237         """
4238         IsButton(self) -> bool
4239
4240         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4241         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4242         """
4243         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4244
4245     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4246         """
4247         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4248
4249         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4250         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4251         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4252         values).
4253         """
4254         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4255
4256     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4257         """
4258         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4259
4260         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4261         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4262         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4263         values).
4264         """
4265         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4266
4267     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4268         """
4269         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4270
4271         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4272         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4273         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4274         """
4275         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4276
4277     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4278         """
4279         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4280
4281         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4282         values of button are:
4283
4284              ====================      =====================================
4285              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4286              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4287              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4288              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4289              ====================      =====================================
4290
4291         """
4292         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4293
4294     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4295         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4296         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4297
4298     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4299         """
4300         GetButton(self) -> int
4301
4302         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4303         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4304         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4305         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4306         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4307         right buttons respectively.
4308         """
4309         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4310
4311     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4312         """
4313         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4314
4315         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4316         """
4317         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4318
4319     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4320         """
4321         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4322
4323         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4324         """
4325         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4326
4327     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4328         """
4329         AltDown(self) -> bool
4330
4331         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4332         """
4333         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4334
4335     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4336         """
4337         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4338
4339         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4340         """
4341         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4342
4343     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4344         """
4345         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4346
4347         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4348         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4349         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4350         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4351         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4352         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4353         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4354         """
4355         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4356
4357     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4358         """
4359         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4360
4361         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4362         """
4363         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4364
4365     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4366         """
4367         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4368
4369         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4370         """
4371         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4372
4373     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4374         """
4375         RightDown(self) -> bool
4376
4377         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4378         """
4379         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4380
4381     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4382         """
4383         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4384
4385         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4386         """
4387         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4388
4389     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4390         """
4391         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4392
4393         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4394         """
4395         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4396
4397     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4398         """
4399         RightUp(self) -> bool
4400
4401         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4402         """
4403         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4404
4405     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4406         """
4407         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4408
4409         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4410         """
4411         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4412
4413     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4414         """
4415         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4416
4417         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4418         """
4419         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4420
4421     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4422         """
4423         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4424
4425         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4426         """
4427         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4428
4429     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4430         """
4431         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4432
4433         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4434         of the current event type.
4435
4436         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4437         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4438         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4439
4440         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4441         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4442         dragging the mouse.
4443         """
4444         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4445
4446     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4447         """
4448         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4449
4450         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4451         of the current event type.
4452         """
4453         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4454
4455     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4456         """
4457         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4458
4459         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4460         of the current event type.
4461         """
4462         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4463
4464     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4465         """
4466         Dragging(self) -> bool
4467
4468         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4469         depressed).
4470         """
4471         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4472
4473     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4474         """
4475         Moving(self) -> bool
4476
4477         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4478         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4479         false and Dragging returns true.
4480         """
4481         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4482
4483     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4484         """
4485         Entering(self) -> bool
4486
4487         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4488         """
4489         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4490
4491     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4492         """
4493         Leaving(self) -> bool
4494
4495         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4496         """
4497         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4498
4499     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4500         """
4501         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4502
4503         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4504         event happened.
4505         """
4506         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4507
4508     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4509         """
4510         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4511
4512         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4513         event happened.
4514         """
4515         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4516
4517     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4518         """
4519         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4520
4521         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4522         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4523         that the window has been scrolled).
4524         """
4525         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4526
4527     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4528         """
4529         GetX(self) -> int
4530
4531         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4532         """
4533         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4534
4535     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4536         """
4537         GetY(self) -> int
4538
4539         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4540         """
4541         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4542
4543     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4544         """
4545         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4546
4547         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4548         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4549         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4550         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4551         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4552         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4553         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4554         """
4555         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4556
4557     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4558         """
4559         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4560
4561         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4562         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4563         should occur for each delta.
4564         """
4565         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4566
4567     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4568         """
4569         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4570
4571         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4572         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4573         """
4574         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4575
4576     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4577         """
4578         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4579
4580         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4581         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4582         """
4583         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4584
4585     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4586     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4587     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4588     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4589     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4590     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4591     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4592     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4593     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4594     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4595     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4596     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4597 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4598
4599 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4600
4601 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4602     """
4603     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4604     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4605     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4606     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4607     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4608     """
4609     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4610     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4611     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4612         """
4613         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4614
4615         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4616         """
4617         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4618     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4619         """
4620         GetX(self) -> int
4621
4622         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4623         """
4624         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4625
4626     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4627         """
4628         GetY(self) -> int
4629
4630         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4631         """
4632         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4633
4634     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4635         """
4636         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4637
4638         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4639         """
4640         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4641
4642     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4643         """
4644         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4645
4646         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4647         """
4648         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4649
4650     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4651         """
4652         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4653
4654         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4655         """
4656         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4657
4658 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4659
4660 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4661
4662 class KeyEvent(Event):
4663     """
4664     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4665     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4666     the keyboard focus.
4667
4668     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4669     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4670     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4671     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4672     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4673     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4674     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4675     corresponding to each down one.
4676
4677     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4678     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4679     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4680     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4681     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4682     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4683     example.
4684
4685     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4686     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4687     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4688     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4689     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4690     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4691     well.
4692
4693     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4694     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4695     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4696     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4697     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4698     by the system itself.
4699
4700     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4701     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4702     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4703     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4704
4705     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4706     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4707     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4708     focus.
4709
4710     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4711     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4712     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4713     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4714
4715     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4716     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4717     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4718     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4719
4720     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4721     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4722     work under Windows.
4723
4724     """
4725     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4726     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4727     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4728         """
4729         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4730
4731         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4732             *
4733         """
4734         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4735     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4736         """
4737         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4738
4739         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4740         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4741         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4742         example::
4743
4744             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4745                 DoSomething()
4746
4747         """
4748         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4749
4750     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4751         """
4752         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4753
4754         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4755         """
4756         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4757
4758     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4759         """
4760         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4761
4762         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4763         """
4764         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4765
4766     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4767         """
4768         AltDown(self) -> bool
4769
4770         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4771         """
4772         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4773
4774     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4775         """
4776         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4777
4778         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4779         """
4780         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4781
4782     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4783         """
4784         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4785
4786         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4787         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4788         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4789         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4790         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4791         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4792         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4793         """
4794         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4795
4796     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4797         """
4798         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4799
4800         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4801         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4802         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4803         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4804         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4805         normally).
4806         """
4807         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4808
4809     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4810         """
4811         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4812
4813         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4814         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4815         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4816         codes.
4817
4818         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4819         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4820         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4821         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4822         """
4823         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4824
4825     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4826     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4827         """
4828         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4829
4830         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4831         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4832         """
4833         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4834
4835     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4836     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4837         """
4838         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4839
4840         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4841         build of wxPython.
4842         """
4843         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4844
4845     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4846         """
4847         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4848
4849         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4850         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4851         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4852         ports.
4853         """
4854         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4855
4856     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4857         """
4858         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4859
4860         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4861         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4862         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4863         """
4864         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4865
4866     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4867         """
4868         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4869
4870         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4871         """
4872         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4873
4874     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4875         """
4876         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4877
4878         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4879         """
4880         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4881
4882     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4883         """
4884         GetX(self) -> int
4885
4886         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4887         applicable.
4888         """
4889         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4890
4891     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4892         """
4893         GetY(self) -> int
4894
4895         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4896         applicable.
4897         """
4898         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4899
4900     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4901     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4902     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4903     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4904     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4905     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4906     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4907     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4908     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4909     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4910 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4911
4912 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4913
4914 class SizeEvent(Event):
4915     """
4916     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4917     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4918     been resized.
4919
4920     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4921     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4922     application.
4923
4924     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4925     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4926     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4927     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4928     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4929     invalidate the entire window.
4930
4931     """
4932     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4933     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4934     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4935         """
4936         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4937
4938         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4939         """
4940         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4941     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4942         """
4943         GetSize(self) -> Size
4944
4945         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4946         event.
4947         """
4948         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4949
4950     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4951         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4952         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4953
4954     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4955         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4956         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4957
4958     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4959         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4960         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4961
4962     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4963     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4964 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4965
4966 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4967
4968 class MoveEvent(Event):
4969     """
4970     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4971     moved to a new position.
4972     """
4973     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4974     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4975     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4976         """
4977         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4978
4979         Constructor.
4980         """
4981         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4982     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4983         """
4984         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4985
4986         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4987         """
4988         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4989
4990     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4991         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4992         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4993
4994     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4995         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4996         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4997
4998     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4999         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5000         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5001
5002     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5003     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5004
5005 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5006
5007 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5008
5009 class PaintEvent(Event):
5010     """
5011     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5012     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5013     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5014     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5015     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5016
5017     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5018     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5019     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5020     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5021     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5022     scrolled units.
5023
5024     """
5025     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5026     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5027     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5028         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5029         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5030 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5031
5032 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5033     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5034     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5035     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5036     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5037         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5038         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5039 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5040
5041 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5042
5043 class EraseEvent(Event):
5044     """
5045     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5046     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5047     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5048     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5049
5050     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5051     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5052     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5053
5054     """
5055     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5056     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5057     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5058         """
5059         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5060
5061         Constructor
5062         """
5063         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5064     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5065         """
5066         GetDC(self) -> DC
5067
5068         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5069         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5070         that instead.
5071         """
5072         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5073
5074 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5075
5076 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5077
5078 class FocusEvent(Event):
5079     """
5080     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5081     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5082     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5083
5084     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5085     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5086     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5087
5088     """
5089     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5090     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5091     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5092         """
5093         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5094
5095         Constructor
5096         """
5097         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5098     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5099         """
5100         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5101
5102         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5103         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5104         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5105
5106         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5107         """
5108         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5109
5110     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5111         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5112         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5113
5114 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5115
5116 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5117
5118 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5119     """
5120     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5121     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5122     heirarchy.
5123     """
5124     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5125     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5126     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5127         """
5128         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5129
5130         Constructor
5131         """
5132         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5133     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5134         """
5135         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5136
5137         The window which has just received the focus.
5138         """
5139         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5140
5141 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5142
5143 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5144
5145 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5146     """
5147     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5148     application is being activated or deactivated.
5149
5150     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5151     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5152     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5153     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5154     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5155     application frames being inactive.
5156
5157     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5158     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5159     doing so can result in strange effects.
5160
5161     """
5162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5165         """
5166         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5167
5168         Constructor
5169         """
5170         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5171     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5172         """
5173         GetActive(self) -> bool
5174
5175         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5176         otherwise.
5177         """
5178         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5179
5180 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5181
5182 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5183
5184 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5185     """
5186     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5187     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5188     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5189     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5190     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5191     """
5192     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5193     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5194     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5195         """
5196         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5197
5198         Constructor
5199         """
5200         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5201 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5202
5203 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5204
5205 class MenuEvent(Event):
5206     """
5207     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5208     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5209     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5210
5211     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5212     text in the first field of the status bar.
5213     """
5214     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5216     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5217         """
5218         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5219
5220         Constructor
5221         """
5222         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5223     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5224         """
5225         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5226
5227         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5228         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5229         """
5230         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5231
5232     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5233         """
5234         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5235
5236         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5237         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5238         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5239         """
5240         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5241
5242     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5243         """
5244         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5245
5246         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5247         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5248         """
5249         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5250
5251 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5252
5253 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5254
5255 class CloseEvent(Event):
5256     """
5257     This event class contains information about window and session close
5258     events.
5259
5260     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5261     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5262     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5263     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5264     function.
5265
5266     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5267     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5268     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5269     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5270     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5271     files or to cancel the close.
5272
5273     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5274     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5275     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5276     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5277     """
5278     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5279     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5280     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5281         """
5282         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5283
5284         Constructor.
5285         """
5286         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5287     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5288         """
5289         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5290
5291         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5292         """
5293         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5294
5295     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5296         """
5297         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5298
5299         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5300         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5301         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5302         window event.
5303         """
5304         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5305
5306     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5307         """
5308         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5309
5310         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5311         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5312
5313         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5314         """
5315         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5316
5317     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5318         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5319         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5320
5321     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5322         """
5323         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5324
5325         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5326         """
5327         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5328
5329     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5330         """
5331         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5332
5333         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5334         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5335         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5336         must be called to check this.
5337         """
5338         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5339
5340 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5341
5342 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5343
5344 class ShowEvent(Event):
5345     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5346     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5347     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5348     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5349         """
5350         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5351
5352         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5353         """
5354         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5355     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5356         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5357         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5358
5359     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5360         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5361         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5362
5363 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5364
5365 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5366
5367 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5368     """
5369     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5370     restored.
5371     """
5372     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5373     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5374     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5375         """
5376         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5377
5378         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5379         restored.
5380         """
5381         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5382     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5383         """
5384         Iconized(self) -> bool
5385
5386         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5387         been restored.
5388         """
5389         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5390
5391 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5392
5393 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5394
5395 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5396     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5397     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5398     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5399     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5400         """
5401         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5402
5403         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5404         """
5405         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5406 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5407
5408 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5409
5410 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5411     """
5412     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5413     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5414     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5415     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5416
5417     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5418     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5419     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5420     dropping files.
5421
5422     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5423     events.
5424
5425     """
5426     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5427     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5428     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5429     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5430         """
5431         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5432
5433         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5434         """
5435         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5436
5437     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5438         """
5439         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5440
5441         Returns the number of files dropped.
5442         """
5443         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5444
5445     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5446         """
5447         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5448
5449         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5450         """
5451         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5452
5453 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5454
5455 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5456
5457 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5458 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5459 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5460     """
5461     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5462     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5463     interface elements.
5464
5465     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5466     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5467     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5468     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5469     menu item or button.
5470
5471     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5472     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5473     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5474     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5475     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5476     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5477     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5478
5479     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5480     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5481     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5482     update.
5483
5484     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5485     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5486     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5487
5488     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5489     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5490
5491        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5492           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5493           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5494           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5495           events.
5496
5497        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5498           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5499           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5500           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5501           delay before windows are updated.
5502
5503     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5504     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5505     from an internal idle handler.
5506
5507     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5508     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5509     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5510
5511     """
5512     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5513     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5514     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5515         """
5516         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5517
5518         Constructor
5519         """
5520         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5521     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5522         """
5523         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5524
5525         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5526         """
5527         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5528
5529     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5530         """
5531         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5532
5533         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5534         """
5535         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5536
5537     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5538         """
5539         GetShown(self) -> bool
5540
5541         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5542         """
5543         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5544
5545     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5546         """
5547         GetText(self) -> String
5548
5549         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5550         """
5551         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5552
5553     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5554         """
5555         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5556
5557         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5558         wxWidgets internal use only.
5559         """
5560         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5561
5562     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5563         """
5564         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5565
5566         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5567         internal use only.
5568         """
5569         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5570
5571     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5572         """
5573         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5574
5575         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5576         internal use only.
5577         """
5578         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5579
5580     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5581         """
5582         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5583
5584         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5585         internal use only.
5586         """
5587         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5588
5589     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5590         """
5591         Check(self, bool check)
5592
5593         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5594         """
5595         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5596
5597     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5598         """
5599         Enable(self, bool enable)
5600
5601         Enable or disable the UI element.
5602         """
5603         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5604
5605     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5606         """
5607         Show(self, bool show)
5608
5609         Show or hide the UI element.
5610         """
5611         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5612
5613     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5614         """
5615         SetText(self, String text)
5616
5617         Sets the text for this UI element.
5618         """
5619         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5620
5621     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5622         """
5623         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5624
5625         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5626         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5627         default is 0.
5628
5629         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5630         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5631         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5632         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5633         about to be shown.
5634         """
5635         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5636
5637     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5638     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5639         """
5640         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5641
5642         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5643         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5644         """
5645         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5646
5647     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5648     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5649         """
5650         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5651
5652         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5653         to) this window.
5654
5655         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5656         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5657         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5658         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5659         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5660         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5661         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5662         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5663         interval.
5664
5665         """
5666         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5667
5668     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5669     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5670         """
5671         ResetUpdateTime()
5672
5673         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5674         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5675         is called at the end of idle processing.
5676         """
5677         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5678
5679     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5680     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5681         """
5682         SetMode(int mode)
5683
5684         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5685         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5686
5687         The mode may be one of the following values:
5688
5689             =============================   ==========================================
5690             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5691                                             is the default setting.
5692             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5693                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5694                                             style set.
5695             =============================   ==========================================
5696
5697         """
5698         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5699
5700     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5701     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5702         """
5703         GetMode() -> int
5704
5705         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5706         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5707         events.
5708         """
5709         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5710
5711     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5712 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5713
5714 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5715   """
5716     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5717
5718     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5719     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5720     default is 0.
5721
5722     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5723     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5724     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5725     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5726     about to be shown.
5727     """
5728   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5729
5730 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5731   """
5732     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5733
5734     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5735     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5736     """
5737   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5738
5739 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5740   """
5741     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5742
5743     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5744     to) this window.
5745
5746     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5747     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5748     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5749     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5750     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5751     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5752     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5753     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5754     interval.
5755
5756     """
5757   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5758
5759 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5760   """
5761     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5762
5763     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5764     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5765     is called at the end of idle processing.
5766     """
5767   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5768
5769 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5770   """
5771     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5772
5773     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5774     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5775
5776     The mode may be one of the following values:
5777
5778         =============================   ==========================================
5779         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5780                                         is the default setting.
5781         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5782                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5783                                         style set.
5784         =============================   ==========================================
5785
5786     """
5787   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5788
5789 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5790   """
5791     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5792
5793     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5794     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5795     events.
5796     """
5797   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5798
5799 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5800
5801 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5802     """
5803     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5804     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5805     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5806
5807     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5808     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5809     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5810     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5811     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5812
5813     """
5814     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5815     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5816     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5817         """
5818         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5819
5820         Constructor
5821         """
5822         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5823 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5824
5825 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5826
5827 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5828     """
5829     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5830     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5831     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5832     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5833     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5834
5835     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5836     """
5837     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5838     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5839     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5840         """
5841         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5842
5843         Constructor
5844         """
5845         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5846     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5847         """
5848         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5849
5850         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5851         non-wxWidgets window.
5852         """
5853         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5854
5855 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5856
5857 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5858
5859 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
5860     """
5861     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5862     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5863     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5864     the mouse.
5865
5866     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5867     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5868     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5869     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5870     ReleaseMouse.
5871
5872     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5873
5874     """
5875     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5876     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5877     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5878         """
5879         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
5880
5881         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
5882         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
5883         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
5884         the mouse.
5885
5886         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
5887         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
5888         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
5889         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
5890         ReleaseMouse.
5891
5892         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
5893
5894         """
5895         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5896 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
5897
5898 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5899
5900 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5901     """
5902     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5903     resolution has changed.
5904
5905     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5906     """
5907     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5908     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5909     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5910         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5911         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5912 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5913
5914 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5915
5916 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5917     """
5918     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5919     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5920     match.
5921
5922     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5923     """
5924     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5925     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5926     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5927         """
5928         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5929
5930         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5931         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5932         match.
5933
5934         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5935         """
5936         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5937     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5938         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5939         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5940
5941     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5942         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5943         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5944
5945 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5946
5947 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5948
5949 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5950     """
5951     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5952     focus and should re-do its palette.
5953
5954     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5955     """
5956     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5957     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5958     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5959         """
5960         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5961
5962         Constructor.
5963         """
5964         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5965     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5966         """
5967         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5968
5969         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5970         """
5971         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5972
5973     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5974         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5975         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5976
5977 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5978
5979 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5980
5981 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5982     """
5983     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5984     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5985     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5986     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5987     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5988     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5989     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5990     """
5991     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5992     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5993     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5994         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5995         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5996     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5997         """
5998         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5999
6000         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6001         """
6002         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6003
6004     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6005         """
6006         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6007
6008         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6009         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6010         """
6011         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6012
6013     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6014         """
6015         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6016
6017         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6018         """
6019         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6020
6021     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6022         """
6023         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6024
6025         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6026         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6027         by using Control-Tab.
6028         """
6029         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6030
6031     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6032         """
6033         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6034
6035         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6036         key.
6037         """
6038         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6039
6040     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6041         """
6042         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6043
6044         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6045         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6046         """
6047         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6048
6049     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6050         """
6051         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6052
6053         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6054
6055             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6056             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6057             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6058             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6059
6060         """
6061         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6062
6063     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6064         """
6065         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6066
6067         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6068         ``None``.
6069         """
6070         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6071
6072     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6073         """
6074         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6075
6076         Set the window that has the focus.
6077         """
6078         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6079
6080     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6081     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6082     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6083     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6084 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6085
6086 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6087
6088 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6089     """
6090     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6091     underlying GUI object) exists.
6092     """
6093     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6094     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6095     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6096         """
6097         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6098
6099         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6100         underlying GUI object) exists.
6101         """
6102         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6103     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6104         """
6105         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6106
6107         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6108         """
6109         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6110
6111 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6112
6113 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6114     """
6115     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6116     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6117
6118     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6119     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6120     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6121     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6122     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6123     notification of the destruction of another window.
6124     """
6125     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6126     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6127     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6128         """
6129         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6130
6131         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6132         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6133
6134         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6135         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6136         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6137         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6138         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6139         notification of the destruction of another window.
6140         """
6141         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6142     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6143         """
6144         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6145
6146         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6147         """
6148         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6149
6150 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6151
6152 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6153
6154 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6155     """
6156     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6157     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6158     """
6159     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6160     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6161     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6162         """
6163         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6164
6165         Constructor.
6166         """
6167         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6168     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6169         """
6170         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6171
6172         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6173         be shown.
6174         """
6175         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6176
6177     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6178         """
6179         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6180
6181         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6182         """
6183         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6184
6185 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6186
6187 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6188
6189 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6190 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6191 class IdleEvent(Event):
6192     """
6193     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6194     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6195     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6196     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6197     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6198     events and then becomes empty again.
6199
6200     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6201     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6202     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6203     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6204     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6205     to those windows and not to any others.
6206     """
6207     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6208     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6209     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6210         """
6211         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6212
6213         Constructor
6214         """
6215         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6216     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6217         """
6218         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6219
6220         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6221         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6222         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6223         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6224         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6225         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6226         system.
6227         """
6228         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6229
6230     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6231         """
6232         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6233
6234         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6235         requested more processing time.
6236         """
6237         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6238
6239     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6240         """
6241         SetMode(int mode)
6242
6243         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6244         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6245         events.
6246
6247         The mode can be one of the following values:
6248
6249             =========================   ========================================
6250             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6251             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6252                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6253                                         flag set.
6254             =========================   ========================================
6255
6256         """
6257         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6258
6259     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6260     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6261         """
6262         GetMode() -> int
6263
6264         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6265         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6266         will process the events.
6267         """
6268         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6269
6270     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6271     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6272         """
6273         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6274
6275         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6276         window.
6277
6278         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6279         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6280         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6281         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6282         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6283         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6284         """
6285         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6286
6287     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6288 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6289
6290 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6291   """
6292     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6293
6294     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6295     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6296     events.
6297
6298     The mode can be one of the following values:
6299
6300         =========================   ========================================
6301         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6302         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6303                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6304                                     flag set.
6305         =========================   ========================================
6306
6307     """
6308   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6309
6310 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6311   """
6312     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6313
6314     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6315     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6316     will process the events.
6317     """
6318   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6319
6320 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6321   """
6322     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6323
6324     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6325     window.
6326
6327     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6328     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6329     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6330     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6331     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6332     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6333     """
6334   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6335
6336 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6337
6338 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6339     """
6340     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6341     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6342     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6343     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6344     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6345     """
6346     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6347     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6348     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6349         """
6350         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6351
6352         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6353         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6354         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6355         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6356         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6357         """
6358         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6359 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6360
6361 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6362
6363 class PyEvent(Event):
6364     """
6365     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6366     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6367     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6368     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6369     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6370
6371     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6372
6373     """
6374     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6375     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6376     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6377         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6378         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6379         self._SetSelf(self)
6380
6381     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6382     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6383     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6384         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6385         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6386
6387     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6388         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6389         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6390
6391 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6392
6393 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6394     """
6395     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6396     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6397     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6398     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6399     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6400     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6401
6402     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6403
6404     """
6405     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6406     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6407     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6408         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6409         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6410         self._SetSelf(self)
6411
6412     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6413     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6414     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6415         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6416         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6417
6418     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6419         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6420         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6421
6422 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6423
6424 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6425     """
6426     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6427     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6428     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6429     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6430     """
6431     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6432     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6433     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6434         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6435         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6436     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6437         """
6438         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6439
6440         Returns the date.
6441         """
6442         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6443
6444     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6445         """
6446         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6447
6448         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6449         internally.
6450         """
6451         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6452
6453 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6454
6455 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6456 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6457
6458 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6459
6460 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6461 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6462 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6463 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6464 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6465 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6466 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6467     """
6468     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6469     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6470     """
6471     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6472     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6473     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6474         """
6475         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6476
6477         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6478         """
6479         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6480         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6481         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6482
6483     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6484     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6485     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6486         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6487         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6488
6489     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6490         """
6491         GetAppName(self) -> String
6492
6493         Get the application name.
6494         """
6495         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6496
6497     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6498         """
6499         SetAppName(self, String name)
6500
6501         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6502         `wx.Config` and such.
6503         """
6504         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6505
6506     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6507         """
6508         GetClassName(self) -> String
6509
6510         Get the application's class name.
6511         """
6512         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6513
6514     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6515         """
6516         SetClassName(self, String name)
6517
6518         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6519         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6520         """
6521         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6522
6523     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6524         """
6525         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6526
6527         Get the application's vendor name.
6528         """
6529         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6530
6531     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6532         """
6533         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6534
6535         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6536         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6537         """
6538         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6539
6540     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6541         """
6542         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6543
6544         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6545         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6546         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6547         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6548         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6549         differences behind the common facade.
6550
6551         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6552         """
6553         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6554
6555     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6556         """
6557         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6558
6559         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6560         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6561         during each event loop iteration.
6562         """
6563         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6564
6565     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6566         """
6567         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6568
6569         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6570         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6571         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6572
6573         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6574               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6575               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6576               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6577
6578         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6579
6580         """
6581         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6582
6583     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6584         """
6585         WakeUpIdle(self)
6586
6587         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6588         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6589         """
6590         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6591
6592     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6593         """
6594         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6595
6596         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6597         currently be dispatched.
6598         """
6599         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6600
6601     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6602     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6603         """
6604         MainLoop(self) -> int
6605
6606         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6607         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6608         """
6609         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6610
6611     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6612         """
6613         Exit(self)
6614
6615         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6616         :see: `wx.Exit`
6617         """
6618         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6619
6620     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6621         """
6622         ExitMainLoop(self)
6623
6624         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6625         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6626         """
6627         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6628
6629     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6630         """
6631         Pending(self) -> bool
6632
6633         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6634         """
6635         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6636
6637     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6638         """
6639         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6640
6641         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6642         appears if there are none currently)
6643         """
6644         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6645
6646     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6647         """
6648         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6649
6650         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6651         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6652         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6653         """
6654         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6655
6656     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6657         """
6658         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6659
6660         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6661         idle time is requested.
6662         """
6663         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6664
6665     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6666         """
6667         IsActive(self) -> bool
6668
6669         Return True if our app has focus.
6670         """
6671         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6672
6673     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6674         """
6675         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6676
6677         Set the *main* top level window
6678         """
6679         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6680
6681     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6682         """
6683         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6684
6685         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6686         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6687         there not any, will return None)
6688         """
6689         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6690
6691     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6692         """
6693         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6694
6695         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6696         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6697         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6698         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6699         explicitly from somewhere.
6700         """
6701         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6702
6703     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6704         """
6705         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6706
6707         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6708         """
6709         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6710
6711     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6712         """
6713         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6714
6715         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6716         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6717         """
6718         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6719
6720     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6721         """
6722         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6723
6724         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6725         """
6726         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6727
6728     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6729         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6730         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6731
6732     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6733         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6734         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6735
6736     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6737         """
6738         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6739
6740         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6741         """
6742         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6743
6744     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6745         """
6746         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6747
6748         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6749         """
6750         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6751
6752     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6753         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6754         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6755
6756     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6757     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6758         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6759         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6760
6761     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6762     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6763         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6764         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6765
6766     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6767     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6768         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6769         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6770
6771     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6772     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6773         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6774         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6775
6776     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6777     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6778         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6779         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6780
6781     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6782     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6783         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6784         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6785
6786     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6787     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6788         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6789         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6790
6791     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6792     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6793         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6794         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6795
6796     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6797     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6798         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6799         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6800
6801     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6802     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6803         """
6804         _BootstrapApp(self)
6805
6806         For internal use only
6807         """
6808         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6809
6810     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6811         """
6812         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6813
6814         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6815         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6816         """
6817         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6818
6819     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6820 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6821
6822 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6823   """
6824     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6825
6826     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6827     currently be dispatched.
6828     """
6829   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6830
6831 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6832   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6833   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6834
6835 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6836   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6837   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6838
6839 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6840   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6841   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6842
6843 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6844   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6845   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6846
6847 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6848   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6849   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6850
6851 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6852   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6853   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6854
6855 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6856   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6857   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6858
6859 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6860   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6861   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6862
6863 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6864   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6865   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6866
6867 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6868   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6869   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6870
6871 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6872   """
6873     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6874
6875     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6876     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6877     """
6878   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6879
6880 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6881
6882
6883 def Exit(*args):
6884   """
6885     Exit()
6886
6887     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6888     """
6889   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6890
6891 def Yield(*args):
6892   """
6893     Yield() -> bool
6894
6895     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6896     """
6897   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6898
6899 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6900   """
6901     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6902
6903     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6904     """
6905   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6906
6907 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6908   """
6909     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6910
6911     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6912     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6913     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6914     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6915     interaction.
6916
6917     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6918     """
6919   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6920
6921 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6922   """
6923     WakeUpIdle()
6924
6925     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6926     sent.
6927     """
6928   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6929
6930 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6931   """
6932     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6933
6934     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6935     later.
6936     """
6937   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6938
6939 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6940   """
6941     App_CleanUp()
6942
6943     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6944     Python shuts down.
6945     """
6946   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6947
6948 def GetApp(*args):
6949   """
6950     GetApp() -> PyApp
6951
6952     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6953     """
6954   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6955
6956 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6957   """
6958     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6959
6960     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6961     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6962
6963     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6964     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6965     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6966     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6967     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6968     """
6969   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6970
6971 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6972   """
6973     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6974
6975     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6976     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6977     """
6978   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6979 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6980
6981 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6982     """
6983     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6984     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6985     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6986     and write the text there.
6987     """
6988     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6989         self.frame  = None
6990         self.title  = title
6991         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6992         self.size   = (450, 300)
6993         self.parent = None
6994
6995     def SetParent(self, parent):
6996         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6997         self.parent = parent
6998
6999
7000     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7001         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7002                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7003         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7004                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7005         self.text.AppendText(st)
7006         self.frame.Show(True)
7007         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7008
7009
7010     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7011         if self.frame is not None:
7012             self.frame.Destroy()
7013         self.frame = None
7014         self.text  = None
7015
7016
7017     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7018     def write(self, text):
7019         """
7020         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7021         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7022         CallAfter to do the work there.
7023         """
7024         if self.frame is None:
7025             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7026                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7027             else:
7028                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7029         else:
7030             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7031                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7032             else:
7033                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7034
7035
7036     def close(self):
7037         if self.frame is not None:
7038             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7039
7040
7041     def flush(self):
7042         pass
7043
7044
7045
7046 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7047
7048 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7049
7050 class App(wx.PyApp):
7051     """
7052     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7053
7054       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7055         gui toolkit
7056       * set and get application-wide properties
7057       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7058         and to dispatch events to window instances
7059       * etc.
7060
7061     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7062     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7063     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7064     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7065
7066     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7067     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7068     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7069
7070     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7071            directly.
7072     """
7073
7074     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7075
7076     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7077                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7078         """
7079         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7080
7081         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7082             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7083             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7084             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7085             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7086             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7087             class of your choosing.)
7088
7089         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7090             redirect is True.
7091
7092         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7093             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7094             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7095             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7096             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7097             toolkit is initialized.
7098
7099         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7100             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7101             GUI apps will.
7102
7103         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7104             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7105             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7106         """
7107         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7108
7109         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7110             try:
7111                 import MacOS
7112                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7113                     print """\
7114 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7115 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7116 your Mac."""
7117                     _sys.exit(1)
7118             except SystemExit:
7119                 raise
7120             except:
7121                 pass
7122
7123         # This has to be done before OnInit
7124         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7125
7126         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7127         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7128         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7129         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7130         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7131         # expected (depending on platform.)
7132         if clearSigInt:
7133             try:
7134                 import signal
7135                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7136             except:
7137                 pass
7138
7139         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7140         self.stdioWin = None
7141         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7142         if redirect:
7143             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7144
7145         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7146         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7147
7148         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7149         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7150         self._BootstrapApp()
7151
7152
7153     def OnPreInit(self):
7154         """
7155         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7156         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7157         that OnInit is called.
7158         """
7159         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7160
7161
7162     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7163         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7164         destroy(self)
7165
7166     def Destroy(self):
7167         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7168         self.thisown = 0
7169
7170     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7171         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7172         if self.stdioWin:
7173             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7174         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7175
7176
7177     def MainLoop(self):
7178         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7179         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7180         self.RestoreStdio()
7181
7182
7183     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7184         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7185         if filename:
7186             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7187         else:
7188             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7189             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7190
7191
7192     def RestoreStdio(self):
7193         try:
7194             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7195         except:
7196             pass
7197
7198
7199     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7200         """
7201         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7202         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7203         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7204         """
7205         if self.stdioWin:
7206             if title is not None:
7207                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7208             if pos is not None:
7209                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7210             if size is not None:
7211                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7217 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7218 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7219 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7220 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7221 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7222 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7223 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7224 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7225 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7226 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7227 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7228
7229 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7230
7231 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7232     """
7233     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7234     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7235     about OnInit.  For example::
7236
7237         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7238         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7239         frame.Show()
7240         app.MainLoop()
7241
7242     :see: `wx.App`
7243     """
7244
7245     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7246                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7247         """
7248         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7249         """
7250         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7251
7252     def OnInit(self):
7253         return True
7254
7255
7256
7257 # Is anybody using this one?
7258 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7259     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7260         self.size = size
7261         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7262
7263     def OnInit(self):
7264         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7265         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7266         return True
7267
7268     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7269         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7270         self.frame.Show(True)
7271
7272 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7273 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7274 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7275 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7276 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7277
7278 class __wxPyCleanup:
7279     def __init__(self):
7280         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7281     def __del__(self):
7282         self.cleanup()
7283
7284 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7285
7286 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7287 ## import atexit
7288 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7289
7290
7291 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7292
7293 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7294
7295 class EventLoop(object):
7296     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7297     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7298     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7299     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7300         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7301         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7302     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7303     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7304     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7305         """Run(self) -> int"""
7306         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7307
7308     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7309         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7310         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7311
7312     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7313         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7314         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7315
7316     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7317         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7318         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7319
7320     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7321         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7322         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7323
7324     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7325         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7326         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7327
7328     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7329     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7330         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7331         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7332
7333     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7334 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7335
7336 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7337   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7338   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7339
7340 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7341   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7342   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7343
7344 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7345     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7346     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7347     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7348     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7349         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7350         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7351     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7352     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7353 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7354
7355 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7356
7357 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7358     """
7359     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7360     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7361     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7362     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7363
7364     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7365     """
7366     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7367     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7368     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7369         """
7370         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7371
7372         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7373         """
7374         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7375     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7376     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7377     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7378         """
7379         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7380
7381         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7382         :see `__init__`
7383         """
7384         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7385
7386     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7387         """
7388         GetFlags(self) -> int
7389
7390         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7391         """
7392         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7393
7394     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7395         """
7396         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7397
7398         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7399         """
7400         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7401
7402     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7403         """
7404         GetCommand(self) -> int
7405
7406         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7407         """
7408         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7409
7410 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7411
7412 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7413     """
7414     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7415     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7416     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7417     supported.
7418     """
7419     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7420     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7421     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7422         """
7423         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7424
7425         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7426         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7427
7428         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7429         """
7430         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7431     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7432     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7433     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7434         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7435         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7436
7437 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7438
7439
7440 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7441   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7442   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7443 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7444
7445 class VisualAttributes(object):
7446     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7447     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7448     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7449     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7450         """
7451         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7452
7453         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7454         """
7455         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7456     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7457     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7458     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7459     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7460     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7461 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7462 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7463 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7464
7465 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7466 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7467 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7468 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7469 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7470 class Window(EvtHandler):
7471     """
7472     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7473     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7474     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7475     appear on screen themselves.
7476
7477     """
7478     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7479     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7480     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7481         """
7482         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7483             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7484
7485         Construct and show a generic Window.
7486         """
7487         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7488         self._setOORInfo(self)
7489
7490     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7491         """
7492         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7493             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7494
7495         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7496         """
7497         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7498
7499     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7500         """
7501         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7502
7503         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7504         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7505         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7506         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7507         """
7508         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7509
7510     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7511         """
7512         Destroy(self) -> bool
7513
7514         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7515         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7516         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7517         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7518         non-existent windows.
7519
7520         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7521         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7522         """
7523         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7524         args[0].thisown = 0
7525         return val
7526
7527     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7528         """
7529         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7530
7531         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7532         destructor.
7533         """
7534         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7535
7536     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7537         """
7538         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7539
7540         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7541         """
7542         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7543
7544     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7545         """
7546         SetLabel(self, String label)
7547
7548         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7549         """
7550         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7551
7552     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7553         """
7554         GetLabel(self) -> String
7555
7556         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7557         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7558         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7559         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7560         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7561         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7562         """
7563         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7564
7565     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7566         """
7567         SetName(self, String name)
7568
7569         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7570         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7571         """
7572         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7573
7574     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7575         """
7576         GetName(self) -> String
7577
7578         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7579         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7580         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7581         """
7582         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7583
7584     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7585         """
7586         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7587
7588         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7589         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7590         """
7591         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7592
7593     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7594         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7595         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7596
7597     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7598         """
7599         SetId(self, int winid)
7600
7601         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7602         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7603         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7604         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7605         """
7606         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7607
7608     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7609         """
7610         GetId(self) -> int
7611
7612         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7613         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7614         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7615         generated.
7616         """
7617         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7618
7619     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7620         """
7621         NewControlId() -> int
7622
7623         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7624         """
7625         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7626
7627     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7628     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7629         """
7630         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7631
7632         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7633         autogenerated) id
7634         """
7635         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7636
7637     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7638     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7639         """
7640         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7641
7642         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7643         autogenerated) id
7644         """
7645         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7646
7647     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7648     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7649         """
7650         SetSize(self, Size size)
7651
7652         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7653         """
7654         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7655
7656     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7657         """
7658         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7659
7660         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7661         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7662         equal to -1.
7663
7664             ========================  ======================================
7665             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7666                                       default should be used.
7667             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7668                                       -1 values are supplied.
7669             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7670                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7671                                       default values.
7672             ========================  ======================================
7673
7674         """
7675         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7676
7677     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7678         """
7679         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7680
7681         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7682         """
7683         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7684
7685     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7686         """
7687         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7688
7689         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7690         """
7691         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7692
7693     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7694         """
7695         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7696
7697         Moves the window to the given position.
7698         """
7699         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7700
7701     SetPosition = Move
7702     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7703         """
7704         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7705
7706         Moves the window to the given position.
7707         """
7708         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7709
7710     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7711         """
7712         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7713
7714         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7715         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7716         """
7717         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7718
7719     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7720         """
7721         Raise(self)
7722
7723         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7724         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7725         """
7726         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7727
7728     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7729         """
7730         Lower(self)
7731
7732         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7733         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7734         """
7735         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7736
7737     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7738         """
7739         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7740
7741         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7742         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7743         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7744         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7745         around panel items, for example.
7746         """
7747         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7748
7749     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7750         """
7751         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7752
7753         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7754         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7755         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7756         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7757         around panel items, for example.
7758         """
7759         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7760
7761     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7762         """
7763         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7764
7765         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7766         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7767         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7768         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7769         around panel items, for example.
7770         """
7771         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7772
7773     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7774         """
7775         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7776
7777         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7778         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7779         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7780         kinds of windows.
7781         """
7782         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7783
7784     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7785         """
7786         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7787
7788         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7789         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7790         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7791         kinds of windows.
7792         """
7793         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7794
7795     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7796         """
7797         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7798
7799         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7800         """
7801         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7802
7803     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7804         """
7805         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7806
7807         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7808         """
7809         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7810
7811     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7812         """
7813         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7814
7815         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7816         a `wx.Rect` object.
7817         """
7818         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7819
7820     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7821         """
7822         GetSize(self) -> Size
7823
7824         Get the window size.
7825         """
7826         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7827
7828     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7829         """
7830         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7831
7832         Get the window size.
7833         """
7834         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7835
7836     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7837         """
7838         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7839
7840         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7841         """
7842         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7843
7844     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7845         """
7846         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7847
7848         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7849         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7850         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7851         """
7852         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7853
7854     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7855         """
7856         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7857
7858         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7859         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7860         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7861         """
7862         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7863
7864     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7865         """
7866         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7867
7868         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7869         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7870         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7871         """
7872         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7873
7874     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7875         """
7876         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7877
7878         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7879         """
7880         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7881
7882     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7883         """
7884         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7885
7886         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7887         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7888         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7889         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7890         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7891         after calling Fit.
7892         """
7893         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7894
7895     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7896         """
7897         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7898
7899         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7900         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7901         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7902         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7903         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7904         after calling Fit.
7905         """
7906         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7907
7908     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7909         """
7910         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7911
7912         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7913         time it is needed.
7914         """
7915         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7916
7917     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7918         """
7919         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7920
7921         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7922         some properties of the window change.)
7923         """
7924         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7925
7926     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7927         """
7928         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7929
7930         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7931         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7932         the results.
7933
7934         """
7935         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7936
7937     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7938         """
7939         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7940
7941         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7942         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7943         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7944         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7945         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7946         tolerate.
7947         """
7948         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7949
7950     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7951         """
7952         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7953
7954         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7955         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7956         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7957         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7958         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7959         relative to the screen.
7960         """
7961         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7962
7963     Centre = Center
7964     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7965         """
7966         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7967
7968         Center with respect to the the parent window
7969         """
7970         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7971
7972     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7973     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7974         """
7975         Fit(self)
7976
7977         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7978         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7979         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7980         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7981         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7982         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7983         instead of calling Fit.
7984         """
7985         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7986
7987     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7988         """
7989         FitInside(self)
7990
7991         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7992         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7993         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7994         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7995         anything if there are no subwindows.
7996         """
7997         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7998
7999     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8000         """
8001         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8002             int incH=-1)
8003
8004         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8005         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8006         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8007         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8008         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8009         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8010
8011         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8012         """
8013         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8014
8015     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8016         """
8017         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8018
8019         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8020         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8021         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8022         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8023         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8024         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8025
8026         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8027         """
8028         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8029
8030     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8031         """
8032         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8033
8034         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8035         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8036         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8037         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8038         """
8039         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8040
8041     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8042         """
8043         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8044
8045         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8046         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8047         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8048         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8049         """
8050         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8051
8052     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8053         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8054         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8055
8056     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8057         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8058         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8059
8060     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8061         """
8062         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8063
8064         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8065         min size.
8066         """
8067         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8068
8069     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8070         """
8071         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8072
8073         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8074         max size.
8075         """
8076         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8077
8078     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8079         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8080         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8081
8082     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8083         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8084         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8085
8086     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8087         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8088         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8089
8090     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8091         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8092         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8093
8094     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8095         """
8096         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8097
8098         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8099         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8100         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8101         """
8102         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8103
8104     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8105         """
8106         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8107
8108         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8109         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8110         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8111         """
8112         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8113
8114     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8115         """
8116         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8117
8118         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8119         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8120         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8121         """
8122         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8123
8124     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8125         """
8126         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8127
8128         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8129         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8130         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8131         """
8132         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8133
8134     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8135         """
8136         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8137
8138         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8139         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8140         """
8141         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8142
8143     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8144         """
8145         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8146
8147         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8148         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8149         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8150         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8151         because it already was in the requested state.
8152         """
8153         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8154
8155     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8156         """
8157         Hide(self) -> bool
8158
8159         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8160         """
8161         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8162
8163     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8164         """
8165         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8166
8167         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8168         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8169         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8170         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8171         window had already been in the specified state.
8172         """
8173         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8174
8175     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8176         """
8177         Disable(self) -> bool
8178
8179         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8180         """
8181         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8182
8183     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8184         """
8185         IsShown(self) -> bool
8186
8187         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8188         """
8189         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8190
8191     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8192         """
8193         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8194
8195         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8196         """
8197         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8198
8199     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8200         """
8201         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8202
8203         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8204         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8205         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8206         immediately.
8207         """
8208         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8209
8210     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8211         """
8212         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8213
8214         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8215         method.
8216         """
8217         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8218
8219     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8220     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8221         """
8222         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8223
8224         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8225         """
8226         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8227
8228     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8229         """
8230         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8231
8232         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8233         windows are only available on X platforms.
8234         """
8235         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8236
8237     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8238         """
8239         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8240
8241         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8242         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8243         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8244         """
8245         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8246
8247     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8248         """
8249         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8250
8251         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8252         """
8253         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8254
8255     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8256         """
8257         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8258
8259         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8260         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8261         effect.
8262         """
8263         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8264
8265     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8266         """
8267         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8268
8269         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8270          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8271          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8272          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8273          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8274          user's selected theme.
8275
8276         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8277         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8278         """
8279         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8280
8281     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8282         """
8283         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8284
8285         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8286         """
8287         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8288
8289     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8290         """
8291         SetFocus(self)
8292
8293         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8294         """
8295         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8296
8297     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8298         """
8299         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8300
8301         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8302         only called internally.
8303         """
8304         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8305
8306     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8307         """
8308         FindFocus() -> Window
8309
8310         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8311         or None.
8312         """
8313         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8314
8315     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8316     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8317         """
8318         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8319
8320         Can this window have focus?
8321         """
8322         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8323
8324     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8325         """
8326         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8327
8328         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8329         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8330         it.
8331         """
8332         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8333
8334     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8335         """
8336         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8337
8338         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8339         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8340         """
8341         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8342
8343     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8344         """
8345         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8346
8347         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8348         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8349         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8350
8351         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8352         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8353         windows.
8354
8355         """
8356         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8357
8358     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8359         """
8360         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8361
8362         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8363         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8364         """
8365         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8366
8367     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8368         """
8369         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8370
8371         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8372         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8373         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8374         do not change.
8375         """
8376         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8377
8378     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8379         """
8380         GetParent(self) -> Window
8381
8382         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8383         """
8384         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8385
8386     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8387         """
8388         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8389
8390         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8391         isn't one.
8392         """
8393         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8394
8395     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8396         """
8397         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8398
8399         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8400         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8401         if they have a parent window).
8402         """
8403         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8404
8405     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8406         """
8407         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8408
8409         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8410         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8411         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8412         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8413         oldParent)
8414         """
8415         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8416
8417     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8418         """
8419         AddChild(self, Window child)
8420
8421         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8422         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8423         """
8424         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8425
8426     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8427         """
8428         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8429
8430         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8431         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8432         programmer.
8433         """
8434         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8435
8436     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8437         """
8438         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8439
8440         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8441         """
8442         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8443
8444     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8445         """
8446         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8447
8448         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8449         """
8450         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8451
8452     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8453         """
8454         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8455
8456         Find a child of this window by name
8457         """
8458         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8459
8460     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8461         """
8462         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8463
8464         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8465         its own event handler.
8466         """
8467         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8468
8469     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8470         """
8471         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8472
8473         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8474         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8475         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8476         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8477         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8478
8479         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8480         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8481         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8482         """
8483         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8484
8485     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8486         """
8487         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8488
8489         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8490         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8491         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8492         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8493         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8494         window classes.
8495
8496         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8497         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8498         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8499         remove the event handler.
8500         """
8501         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8502
8503     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8504         """
8505         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8506
8507         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8508         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8509         destroyed after it is popped.
8510         """
8511         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8512
8513     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8514         """
8515         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8516
8517         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8518         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8519         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8520         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8521         there.)
8522         """
8523         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8524
8525     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8526         """
8527         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8528
8529         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8530         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8531         type.
8532         """
8533         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8534
8535     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8536         """
8537         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8538
8539         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8540         there is none.
8541         """
8542         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8543
8544     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8545         """
8546         Validate(self) -> bool
8547
8548         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8549         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8550         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8551         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8552         """
8553         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8554
8555     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8556         """
8557         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8558
8559         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8560         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8561         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8562         all child windows.
8563         """
8564         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8565
8566     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8567         """
8568         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8569
8570         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8571         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8572         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8573         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8574         """
8575         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8576
8577     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8578         """
8579         InitDialog(self)
8580
8581         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8582         to the dialog via validators.
8583         """
8584         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8585
8586     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8587         """
8588         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8589
8590         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8591         """
8592         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8593
8594     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8595         """
8596         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8597
8598         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8599         """
8600         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8601
8602     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8603         """
8604         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8605
8606         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8607         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8608         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8609         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8610         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8611         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8612         hotkey was registered successfully.
8613         """
8614         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8615
8616     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8617         """
8618         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8619
8620         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8621         """
8622         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8623
8624     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8625         """
8626         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8627
8628         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8629         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8630         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8631         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8632         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8633         then divided by 8.
8634         """
8635         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8636
8637     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8638         """
8639         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8640
8641         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8642         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8643         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8644         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8645         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8646         then divided by 8.
8647         """
8648         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8649
8650     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8651         """
8652         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8653
8654         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8655         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8656         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8657         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8658         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8659         then divided by 8.
8660         """
8661         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8662
8663     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8664         """
8665         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8666
8667         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8668         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8669         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8670         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8671         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8672         then divided by 8.
8673         """
8674         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8675
8676     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8677         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8678         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8679
8680     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8681         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8682         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8683
8684     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8685         """
8686         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8687
8688         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8689
8690         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8691         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8692         """
8693         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8694
8695     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8696         """
8697         CaptureMouse(self)
8698
8699         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8700         release the capture.
8701
8702         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8703         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8704         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8705         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8706         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
8707         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
8708
8709         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
8710         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
8711         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
8712         recapture mouse.
8713         """
8714         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8715
8716     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8717         """
8718         ReleaseMouse(self)
8719
8720         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8721         """
8722         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8723
8724     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8725         """
8726         GetCapture() -> Window
8727
8728         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8729         """
8730         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8731
8732     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8733     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8734         """
8735         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8736
8737         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8738         """
8739         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8740
8741     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8742         """
8743         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8744
8745         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8746         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8747         to the window.
8748         """
8749         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8750
8751     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8752         """
8753         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8754
8755         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8756         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8757         """
8758         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8759
8760     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8761         """
8762         Update(self)
8763
8764         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8765         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8766         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8767         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8768         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8769         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8770         it) unconditionally.
8771         """
8772         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8773
8774     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8775         """
8776         ClearBackground(self)
8777
8778         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8779         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8780         """
8781         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8782
8783     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8784         """
8785         Freeze(self)
8786
8787         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8788         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8789         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8790         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8791         been undone.
8792
8793         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8794         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8795         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8796         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8797         mandatory directive.
8798         """
8799         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8800
8801     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8802         """
8803         Thaw(self)
8804
8805         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8806         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8807         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8808         """
8809         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8810
8811     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8812         """
8813         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8814
8815         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8816         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8817         scroll position.
8818         """
8819         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8820
8821     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8822         """
8823         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8824
8825         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8826         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8827         """
8828         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8829
8830     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8831         """
8832         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8833
8834         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8835         """
8836         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8837
8838     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8839         """
8840         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8841
8842         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8843         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8844         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8845         exposed.
8846         """
8847         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8848
8849     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8850         """
8851         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8852
8853         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8854         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8855         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8856         exposed.
8857         """
8858         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8859
8860     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8861         """
8862         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8863
8864         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8865         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8866         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8867         exposed.
8868         """
8869         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8870
8871     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8872         """
8873         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8874
8875         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8876         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8877         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8878         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8879         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8880         """
8881         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8882
8883     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8884         """
8885         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8886
8887         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8888         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8889         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8890         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8891         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8892
8893         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8894         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8895         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8896         this.
8897         """
8898         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8899
8900     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8901     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8902         """
8903         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8904
8905         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8906         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8907         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8908         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8909         to the default background colour.
8910
8911         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8912         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8913         calling this function.
8914
8915         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8916         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8917         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8918         applications on the system.
8919         """
8920         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8921
8922     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8923         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8924         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8925
8926     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8927         """
8928         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8929
8930         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8931         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8932         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8933         not be used at all.
8934         """
8935         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8936
8937     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8938         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8939         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8940
8941     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8942         """
8943         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8944
8945         Returns the background colour of the window.
8946         """
8947         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8948
8949     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8950         """
8951         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8952
8953         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8954         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8955         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8956         """
8957         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8958
8959     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8960         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8961         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8962
8963     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8964         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8965         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8966
8967     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8968         """
8969         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8970
8971         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8972         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8973
8974             ======================  ========================================
8975             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8976                                     be determined by the system
8977             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8978             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8979                                     application.
8980             ======================  ========================================
8981
8982         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8983         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8984         no effect on other platforms.
8985
8986         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8987         """
8988         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8989
8990     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8991         """
8992         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8993
8994         Returns the background style of the window.
8995
8996         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8997         """
8998         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8999
9000     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9001         """
9002         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9003
9004         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9005         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9006         background.
9007
9008         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9009         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9010         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9011         correctly.
9012         """
9013         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9014
9015     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9016         """
9017         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9018
9019         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9020         for the children of the window implicitly.
9021
9022         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9023         be reset back to default.
9024         """
9025         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9026
9027     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9028         """
9029         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9030
9031         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9032         """
9033         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9034
9035     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9036         """
9037         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9038
9039         Sets the font for this window.
9040         """
9041         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9042
9043     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9044         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9045         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9046
9047     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9048         """
9049         GetFont(self) -> Font
9050
9051         Returns the default font used for this window.
9052         """
9053         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9054
9055     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9056         """
9057         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9058
9059         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9060         """
9061         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9062
9063     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9064         """
9065         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9066
9067         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9068         """
9069         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9070
9071     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9072         """
9073         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9074
9075         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9076         """
9077         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9078
9079     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9080         """
9081         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9082
9083         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9084         """
9085         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9086
9087     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9088         """
9089         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9090
9091         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9092         """
9093         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9094
9095     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9096         """
9097         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9098            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9099
9100         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9101         current or specified font.
9102         """
9103         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9104
9105     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9106         """
9107         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9108
9109         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9110         """
9111         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9112
9113     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9114         """
9115         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9116
9117         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9118         """
9119         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9120
9121     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9122         """
9123         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9124
9125         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9126         """
9127         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9128
9129     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9130         """
9131         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9132
9133         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9134         """
9135         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9136
9137     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9138         """
9139         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9140
9141         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9142         """
9143         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9144
9145     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9146         """
9147         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9148
9149         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9150         """
9151         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9152
9153     def GetBorder(*args):
9154         """
9155         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9156         GetBorder(self) -> int
9157
9158         Get border for the flags of this window
9159         """
9160         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9161
9162     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9163         """
9164         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9165
9166         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9167         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9168         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9169         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9170         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9171         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9172         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9173         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9174         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9175         in idle time.
9176         """
9177         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9178
9179     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9180         """
9181         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9182
9183         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9184         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9185         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9186         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9187         mouse cursor will be used.
9188         """
9189         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9190
9191     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9192         """
9193         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9194
9195         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9196         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9197         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9198         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9199         mouse cursor will be used.
9200         """
9201         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9202
9203     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9204         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9205         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9206
9207     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9208         """
9209         GetHandle(self) -> long
9210
9211         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9212         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9213         toplevel parent of the window.
9214         """
9215         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9216
9217     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9218         """
9219         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9220
9221         Associate the window with a new native handle
9222         """
9223         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9224
9225     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9226         """
9227         DissociateHandle(self)
9228
9229         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9230         """
9231         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9232
9233     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9234         """
9235         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9236
9237         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9238         """
9239         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9240
9241     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9242         """
9243         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9244             bool refresh=True)
9245
9246         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9247         """
9248         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9249
9250     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9251         """
9252         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9253
9254         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9255         """
9256         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9257
9258     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9259         """
9260         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9261
9262         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9263         """
9264         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9265
9266     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9267         """
9268         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9269
9270         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9271         """
9272         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9273
9274     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9275         """
9276         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9277
9278         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9279         """
9280         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9281
9282     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9283         """
9284         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9285
9286         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9287         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9288         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9289         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9290         """
9291         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9292
9293     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9294         """
9295         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9296
9297         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9298         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9299         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9300         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9301         """
9302         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9303
9304     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9305         """
9306         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9307
9308         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9309         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9310         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9311         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9312         """
9313         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9314
9315     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9316         """
9317         LineUp(self) -> bool
9318
9319         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9320         """
9321         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9322
9323     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9324         """
9325         LineDown(self) -> bool
9326
9327         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9328         """
9329         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9330
9331     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9332         """
9333         PageUp(self) -> bool
9334
9335         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9336         """
9337         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9338
9339     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9340         """
9341         PageDown(self) -> bool
9342
9343         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9344         """
9345         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9346
9347     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9348         """
9349         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9350
9351         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9352         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9353         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9354         """
9355         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9356
9357     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9358         """
9359         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9360
9361         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9362         one.
9363         """
9364         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9365
9366     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9367         """
9368         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9369
9370         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9371
9372         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9373         and this method should return the global window help text then
9374
9375         """
9376         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9377
9378     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9379         """
9380         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9381
9382         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9383         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9384         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9385         """
9386         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9387
9388     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9389         """
9390         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9391
9392         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9393         """
9394         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9395
9396     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9397         """
9398         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9399
9400         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9401         """
9402         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9403
9404     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9405         """
9406         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9407
9408         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9409         """
9410         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9411
9412     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9413         """
9414         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9415
9416         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9417         a drop target, it is deleted.
9418         """
9419         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9420
9421     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9422         """
9423         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9424
9425         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9426         """
9427         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9428
9429     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9430         """
9431         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9432
9433         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9434         Only functional on Windows.
9435         """
9436         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9437
9438     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9439         """
9440         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9441
9442         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9443         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9444         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9445         constraints.
9446
9447         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9448         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9449         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9450         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9451         effect.
9452         """
9453         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9454
9455     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9456         """
9457         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9458
9459         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9460         are none.
9461         """
9462         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9463
9464     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9465         """
9466         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9467
9468         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9469         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9470         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9471         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9472
9473         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9474         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9475         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9482
9483         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9484         """
9485         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9486
9487     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9488         """
9489         Layout(self) -> bool
9490
9491         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9492         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9493         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9494         handler when the window is resized.
9495         """
9496         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9497
9498     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9499         """
9500         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9501
9502         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9503         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9504         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9505         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9506         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9507         non-None, and False otherwise.
9508         """
9509         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9510
9511     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9512         """
9513         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9514
9515         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9516         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9517         """
9518         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9519
9520     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9521         """
9522         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9523
9524         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9525         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9526         """
9527         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9528
9529     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9530         """
9531         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9532
9533         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9534         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9535         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9536         """
9537         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9538
9539     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9540         """
9541         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9542
9543         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9544         """
9545         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9546
9547     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9548         """
9549         InheritAttributes(self)
9550
9551         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9552         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9553         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9554         colours.
9555
9556         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9557         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9558         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9559         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9560         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9561         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9562         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9563         no matter what and only the font might.
9564
9565         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9566         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9567         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9568         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9569         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9570         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9571         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9572         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9573         parents attributes.
9574
9575         """
9576         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9577
9578     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9579         """
9580         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9581
9582         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9583         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9584         from the parent window.
9585
9586         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9587         wxControl where it returns true.
9588         """
9589         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9590
9591     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9592         """
9593         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9594         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9595         """
9596         self.this = pre.this
9597         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9598         pre.thisown = 0
9599         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9600             self._setOORInfo(self)
9601         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9602             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9603
9604     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9605         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9606
9607 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9608
9609 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9610     """
9611     PreWindow() -> Window
9612
9613     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9614     """
9615     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9616     return val
9617
9618 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9619   """
9620     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9621
9622     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9623     """
9624   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9625
9626 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9627   """
9628     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9629
9630     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9631     autogenerated) id
9632     """
9633   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9634
9635 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9636   """
9637     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9638
9639     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9640     autogenerated) id
9641     """
9642   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9643
9644 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9645   """
9646     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9647
9648     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9649     or None.
9650     """
9651   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9652
9653 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9654   """
9655     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9656
9657     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9658     """
9659   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9660
9661 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9662   """
9663     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9664
9665     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9666     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9667     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9668     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9669     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9670
9671     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9672     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9673     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9674     this.
9675     """
9676   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9677
9678 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9679     """
9680     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9681     dialog units to pixel units.
9682     """
9683     if y is None:
9684         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9685     else:
9686         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9687
9688 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9689     """
9690     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9691     dialog units to pixel units.
9692     """
9693     if height is None:
9694         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9695     else:
9696         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9697
9698
9699 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9700   """
9701     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9702
9703     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9704     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9705     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9706     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9707     """
9708   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9709
9710 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9711   """
9712     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9713
9714     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9715     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9716     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9717     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9718     cases.
9719
9720     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9721     """
9722   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9723
9724 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9725   """
9726     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9727
9728     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9729     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9730     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9731     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9732     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9733     """
9734   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9735
9736 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9737   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9738   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9739
9740 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9741   """
9742     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9743
9744     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9745     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9746     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9747     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9748
9749     """
9750   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9751 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9752
9753 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9754     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9755     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9756     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9757     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9758         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9759         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9760         self._setOORInfo(self)
9761
9762     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9763         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9764         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9765
9766     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9767         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9768         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9769
9770     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9771         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9772         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9773
9774     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9775         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9776         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9777
9778     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9779         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9780         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9781
9782     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9783         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9784         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9785
9786     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9787         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9788         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9789
9790     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9791     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9792         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9793         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9794
9795     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9796 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9797
9798 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9799   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9800   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9801
9802 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9803   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9804   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9805
9806 class PyValidator(Validator):
9807     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9808     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9809     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9810     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9811         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9812         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9813
9814         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9815         self._setOORInfo(self)
9816
9817     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9818         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9819         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9820
9821 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9822
9823 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9824
9825 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9826     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9827     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9828     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9829     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9830         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9831         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9832         self._setOORInfo(self)
9833
9834     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9835         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9836         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9837
9838     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9839         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9840         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9841
9842     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9843         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9844         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9845
9846     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9847         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9848         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9849
9850     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9851         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9852         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9853
9854     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9855         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9856         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9857
9858     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9859         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9860         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9861
9862     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9863         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9864         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9865
9866     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9867         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9868         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9869
9870     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9871         """Break(self)"""
9872         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9873
9874     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9875         """
9876         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9877             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9878         """
9879         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9880
9881     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9882         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9883         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9884
9885     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9886         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9887         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9888
9889     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9890         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9891         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9892
9893     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9894         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9895         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9896
9897     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9898         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9899         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9900
9901     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9902         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9903         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9904
9905     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9906         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9907         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9908
9909     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9910         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9911         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9912
9913     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9914         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9915         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9916
9917     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9918         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9919         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9920
9921     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9922         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9923         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9924
9925     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9926         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9927         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9928
9929     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9930         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9931         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9932
9933     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9934         """
9935         Destroy(self)
9936
9937         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9938         """
9939         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9940         args[0].thisown = 0
9941         return val
9942
9943     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9944         """
9945         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9946
9947         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9948         """
9949         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9950         args[0].thisown = 0
9951         return val
9952
9953     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9954         """
9955         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9956
9957         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9958         """
9959         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9960         args[0].thisown = 0
9961         return val
9962
9963     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9964         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9965         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9966
9967     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9968         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9969         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9970
9971     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9972         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9973         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9974
9975     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9976         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9977         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9978
9979     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9980         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9981         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9982
9983     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9984         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9985         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9986
9987     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9988         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9989         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9990
9991     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9992         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9993         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9994
9995     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9996         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9997         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9998
9999     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10000         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10001         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10002
10003     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10004         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10005         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10006
10007     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10008         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10009         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10010
10011     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10012         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10013         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10014
10015     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10016         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10017         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10018
10019     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10020         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10021         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10022
10023     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10024         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10025         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10026
10027     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10028         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10029         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10030
10031     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10032         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10033         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10034
10035     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10036         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10037         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10038
10039     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10040         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10041         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10042
10043     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10044         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10045         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10046
10047     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10048         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10049         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10050
10051     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10052         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10053         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10054
10055     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10056         """Detach(self)"""
10057         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10058
10059     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10060         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10061         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10062
10063     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10064         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10065         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10066
10067     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10068         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10069         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10070
10071 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10072 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10073
10074 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10075
10076 class MenuBar(Window):
10077     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10078     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10079     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10080     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10081         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10082         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10083         self._setOORInfo(self)
10084
10085     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10086         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10087         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10088
10089     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10090         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10091         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10092
10093     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10094         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10095         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10096
10097     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10098         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10099         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10100
10101     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10102         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10103         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10104
10105     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10106         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10107         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10108
10109     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10110         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10111         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10112
10113     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10114         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10115         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10116
10117     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10118         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10119         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10120
10121     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10122         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10123         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10124
10125     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10126         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10127         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10128
10129     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10130         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10131         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10132
10133     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10134         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10135         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10136
10137     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10138         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10139         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10140
10141     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10142         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10143         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10144
10145     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10146         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10147         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10148
10149     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10150         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10151         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10152
10153     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10154         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10155         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10156
10157     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10158         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10159         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10160
10161     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10162         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10163         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10164
10165     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10166         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10167         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10168
10169     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10170         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10171         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10172
10173     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10174         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10175         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10176
10177     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10178         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10179         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10180
10181     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10182         """Detach(self)"""
10183         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10184
10185     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10186         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10187         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10188
10189     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10190     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10191         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10192         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10193
10194     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10195 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10196
10197 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10198   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10199   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10200
10201 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10202   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10203   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10204
10205 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10206
10207 class MenuItem(Object):
10208     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10209     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10210     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10211     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10212         """
10213         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10214             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10215             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10216         """
10217         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10218     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10219     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10220     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10221         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10222         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10223
10224     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10225         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10226         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10227
10228     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10229         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10230         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10231
10232     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10233         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10234         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10235
10236     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10237         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10238         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10239
10240     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10241         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10242         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10243
10244     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10245         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10246         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10247
10248     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10249         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10250         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10251
10252     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10253         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10254         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10255
10256     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10257     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10258         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10259         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10260
10261     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10262         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10263         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10264
10265     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10266         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10267         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10268
10269     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10270         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10271         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10272
10273     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10274         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10275         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10276
10277     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10278         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10279         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10280
10281     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10282         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10283         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10284
10285     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10286         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10287         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10288
10289     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10290         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10291         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10292
10293     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10294         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10295         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10296
10297     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10298         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10299         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10300
10301     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10302         """Toggle(self)"""
10303         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10304
10305     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10306         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10307         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10308
10309     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10310         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10311         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10315         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10316
10317     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10318         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10319         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10320
10321     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10322         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10323         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10324
10325     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10326         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10327         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10328
10329     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10330         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10331         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10332
10333     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10334         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10335         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10336
10337     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10338         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10339         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10340
10341     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10342         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10343         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10344
10345     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10346         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10347         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10348
10349     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10350         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10351         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10352
10353     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10354         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10355         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10356
10357     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10358         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10359         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10360
10361     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10362         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10363         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10364
10365     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10366         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10367         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10368
10369     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10370         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10371         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10372
10373     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10374         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10375         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10376
10377     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10378     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10379         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10380         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10381
10382     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10383         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10384         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10385
10386     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10387         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10388         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10389
10390 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10391
10392 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10393   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10394   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10395
10396 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10397   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10398   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10399
10400 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10401
10402 class Control(Window):
10403     """
10404     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10405
10406     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10407     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10408     """
10409     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10410     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10411     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10412         """
10413         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10414             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10415             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10416
10417         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10418         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10419         """
10420         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10421         self._setOORInfo(self)
10422
10423     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10424         """
10425         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10426             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10427             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10428
10429         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10430         """
10431         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10432
10433     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10434         """
10435         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10436
10437         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10438         """
10439         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10440
10441     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
10442         """
10443         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10444
10445         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10446         """
10447         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
10448
10449     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10450         """
10451         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10452
10453         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10454
10455         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10456
10457         """
10458         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10459
10460     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10461         """
10462         GetLabel(self) -> String
10463
10464         Return a control's text.
10465         """
10466         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10467
10468     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10469         """
10470         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10471
10472         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10473         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10474         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10475         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10476         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10477
10478         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10479         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10480         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10481         this.
10482         """
10483         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10484
10485     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10486 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10487 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10488
10489 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10490     """
10491     PreControl() -> Control
10492
10493     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10494     """
10495     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10496     return val
10497
10498 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10499   """
10500     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10501
10502     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10503     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10504     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10505     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10506     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10507
10508     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10509     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10510     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10511     this.
10512     """
10513   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10514
10515 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10516
10517 class ItemContainer(object):
10518     """
10519     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10520     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10521     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10522     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10523     this one.
10524
10525     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10526     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10527     all conform to the same interface.
10528
10529     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10530     optionally, client data associated with them.
10531
10532     """
10533     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10534     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10535     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10536     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10537         """
10538         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10539
10540         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10541         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10542         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10543         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10544         """
10545         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10546
10547     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10548         """
10549         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10550
10551         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10552         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10553         need to add a lot of items.
10554         """
10555         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10556
10557     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10558         """
10559         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10560
10561         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10562         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10563         """
10564         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10565
10566     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10567         """
10568         Clear(self)
10569
10570         Removes all items from the control.
10571         """
10572         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10573
10574     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10575         """
10576         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10577
10578         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10579         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10580         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10581         than the number of items in the control.
10582         """
10583         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10584
10585     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10586         """
10587         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10588
10589         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10590         """
10591         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """
10595         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10596
10597         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10598         """
10599         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10600
10601     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10602         """
10603         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10604
10605         Returns the number of items in the control.
10606         """
10607         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10608
10609     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10610         """
10611         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10612
10613         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10614         """
10615         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10616
10617     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10618         """
10619         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10620
10621         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10622         """
10623         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10624
10625     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10626         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10627         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10628
10629     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10630         """
10631         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10632
10633         Sets the label for the given item.
10634         """
10635         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10636
10637     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10638         """
10639         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10640
10641         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10642         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10643         found.
10644         """
10645         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10646
10647     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10648         """
10649         SetSelection(self, int n)
10650
10651         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10652         """
10653         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10654
10655     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10656         """
10657         GetSelection(self) -> int
10658
10659         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10660         is selected.
10661         """
10662         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10663
10664     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10665         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10666         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10667
10668     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10669         """
10670         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10671
10672         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10673         is selected.
10674         """
10675         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10676
10677     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10678         """
10679         Select(self, int n)
10680
10681         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10682         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10683         """
10684         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10685
10686 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10687
10688 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10689
10690 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10691     """
10692     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10693     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10694     that have items.
10695     """
10696     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10697     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10698     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10699 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10700
10701 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10702
10703 class SizerItem(Object):
10704     """
10705     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10706     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10707     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10708     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10709     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10710     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10711     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10712     layout.
10713
10714     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10715     """
10716     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10717     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10718     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10719         """
10720         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10721
10722         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10723         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10724
10725         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10726         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10727         methods are called.
10728
10729         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10730         """
10731         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10732     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10733     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10734     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10735         """
10736         DeleteWindows(self)
10737
10738         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10739         of item.
10740         """
10741         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10742
10743     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10744         """
10745         DetachSizer(self)
10746
10747         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10748         """
10749         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10750
10751     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10752         """
10753         GetSize(self) -> Size
10754
10755         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10756         """
10757         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10758
10759     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10760         """
10761         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10762
10763         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10764         needed by borders.
10765         """
10766         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10767
10768     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10769         """
10770         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10771
10772         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10773         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10774         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10775         account.
10776         """
10777         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10778
10779     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10780         """
10781         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10782
10783         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10784         """
10785         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10786
10787     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10788         """
10789         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10790
10791         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10792         added, if needed.
10793         """
10794         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10795
10796     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10797         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10798         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10799
10800     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10801         """
10802         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10803
10804         Set the ratio item attribute.
10805         """
10806         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10807
10808     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10809         """
10810         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10811
10812         Set the ratio item attribute.
10813         """
10814         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10815
10816     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10817         """
10818         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10819
10820         Set the ratio item attribute.
10821         """
10822         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10823
10824     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10825         """
10826         GetRatio(self) -> float
10827
10828         Set the ratio item attribute.
10829         """
10830         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10831
10832     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10833         """
10834         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10835
10836         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10837         """
10838         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10839
10840     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10841         """
10842         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10843
10844         Is this sizer item a window?
10845         """
10846         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10847
10848     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10849         """
10850         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10851
10852         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10853         """
10854         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10855
10856     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10857         """
10858         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10859
10860         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10861         """
10862         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10863
10864     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10865         """
10866         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10867
10868         Set the proportion value for this item.
10869         """
10870         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10871
10872     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10873         """
10874         GetProportion(self) -> int
10875
10876         Get the proportion value for this item.
10877         """
10878         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10879
10880     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10881     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10882     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10883         """
10884         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10885
10886         Set the flag value for this item.
10887         """
10888         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10889
10890     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10891         """
10892         GetFlag(self) -> int
10893
10894         Get the flag value for this item.
10895         """
10896         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10897
10898     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10899         """
10900         SetBorder(self, int border)
10901
10902         Set the border value for this item.
10903         """
10904         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10905
10906     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10907         """
10908         GetBorder(self) -> int
10909
10910         Get the border value for this item.
10911         """
10912         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10913
10914     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10915         """
10916         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10917
10918         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10919         """
10920         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10921
10922     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10923         """
10924         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10925
10926         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10927         """
10928         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10929
10930     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10931         """
10932         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10933
10934         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10935         """
10936         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10937
10938     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10939         """
10940         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10941
10942         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10943         """
10944         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10945
10946     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10947         """
10948         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10949
10950         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10951         """
10952         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10953
10954     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10955         """
10956         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10957
10958         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10959         """
10960         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10961
10962     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10963         """
10964         Show(self, bool show)
10965
10966         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10967         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10968         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10969         """
10970         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10971
10972     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10973         """
10974         IsShown(self) -> bool
10975
10976         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10977         """
10978         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10979
10980     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10981         """
10982         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10983
10984         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10985         """
10986         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10987
10988     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10989         """
10990         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10991
10992         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10993         isn't any.
10994         """
10995         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10996
10997     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10998         """
10999         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11000
11001         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11002         """
11003         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11004
11005 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11006
11007 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11008     """
11009     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11010         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11011
11012     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11013     """
11014     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11015     return val
11016
11017 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11018     """
11019     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11020         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11021
11022     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11023     """
11024     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11025     return val
11026
11027 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11028     """
11029     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11030         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11031
11032     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11033     """
11034     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11035     return val
11036
11037 class Sizer(Object):
11038     """
11039     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11040     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11041     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11042     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11043     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11044
11045     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11046     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11047     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11048     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11049     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11050     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11051     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11052     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11053     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11054     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11055     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11056     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11057     compared to a real window on screen.
11058
11059     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11060     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11061     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11062     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11063     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11064     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11065     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11066     """
11067     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11068     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11069     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11070     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11071     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11072     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11073         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11074         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11075
11076     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11077         """
11078         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11079             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11080
11081         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11082         """
11083         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11084
11085     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11086         """
11087         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11088             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11089
11090         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11091         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11092         """
11093         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11094
11095     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11096         """
11097         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11098             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11099
11100         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11101         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11102         """
11103         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11104
11105     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11106         """
11107         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11108
11109         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11110         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11111         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11112         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11113         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11114         and removed.
11115         """
11116         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11117
11118     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11119         """
11120         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11121
11122         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11123         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11124         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11125         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11126         was found and detached.
11127         """
11128         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11129
11130     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11131         """
11132         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11133
11134         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11135         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11136         the item to be found.
11137         """
11138         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11139
11140     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11141         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11142         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11143
11144     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11145         """
11146         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11147
11148         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11149         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11150         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11151         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11152         """
11153         if len(args) == 2:
11154             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11155             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11156         else:
11157             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11158
11159     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11160         """
11161         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11162
11163         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11164         """
11165         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11166
11167     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11168         """
11169         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11170
11171         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11172         """
11173         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11174
11175     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11176         """
11177         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11178
11179         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11180         """
11181         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11182
11183     def AddMany(self, items):
11184         """
11185         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11186         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11187         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11188         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11189         """
11190         for item in items:
11191             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11192                 item = (item, )
11193             self.Add(*item)
11194
11195     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11196     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11197         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11198         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11199     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11200         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11201         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11202     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11203         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11204         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11205
11206     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11207         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11208         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11209     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11210         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11211         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11212     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11213         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11214         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11215
11216     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11217         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11218         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11219     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11220         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11221         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11222     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11223         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11224         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11225
11226     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11227         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11228         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11229     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11230         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11231         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11232     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11233         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11234         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11235
11236
11237     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11238         """
11239         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11240
11241         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11242         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11243         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11244         methods.
11245         """
11246         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11247
11248     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11249         """
11250         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11251
11252         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11253         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11254         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11255         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11256         here, depending on which is bigger.
11257         """
11258         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11259
11260     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11261         """
11262         GetSize(self) -> Size
11263
11264         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11265         """
11266         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11267
11268     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11269         """
11270         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11271
11272         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11273         """
11274         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11275
11276     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11277         """
11278         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11279
11280         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11281         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11282         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11283         """
11284         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11285
11286     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11287         return self.GetSize().Get()
11288     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11289         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11290     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11291         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11292
11293     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11294         """
11295         RecalcSizes(self)
11296
11297         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11298         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11299         it is called by `Layout`.
11300         """
11301         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11302
11303     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11304         """
11305         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11306
11307         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11308         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11309         it is called by `Layout`.
11310         """
11311         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11312
11313     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11314         """
11315         Layout(self)
11316
11317         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11318         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11319         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11320         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11321         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11322         removed.
11323         """
11324         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11325
11326     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11327         """
11328         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11329
11330         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11331         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11332         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11333         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11334
11335         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11336         """
11337         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11338
11339     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11340         """
11341         FitInside(self, Window window)
11342
11343         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11344         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11345         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11346         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11347
11348         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11349
11350         """
11351         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11352
11353     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11354         """
11355         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11356
11357         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11358         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11359         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11360         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11361         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11362         required by the sizer.
11363         """
11364         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11365
11366     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11367         """
11368         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11369
11370         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11371         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11372         this will set them appropriately.
11373
11374         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11375
11376         """
11377         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11378
11379     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11380         """
11381         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11382
11383         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11384         as well.
11385         """
11386         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11387
11388     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11389         """
11390         DeleteWindows(self)
11391
11392         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11393         """
11394         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11395
11396     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11397         """
11398         GetChildren(self) -> list
11399
11400         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11401         """
11402         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11403
11404     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11405         """
11406         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11407
11408         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11409         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11410         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11411         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11412         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11413         """
11414         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11415
11416     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11417         """
11418         IsShown(self, item)
11419
11420         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11421         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11422         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11423         the item.
11424         """
11425         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11426
11427     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11428         """
11429         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11430         """
11431         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11432
11433     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11434         """
11435         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11436
11437         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11438         """
11439         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11440
11441 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11442
11443 class PySizer(Sizer):
11444     """
11445     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11446     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11447     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11448     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11449     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11450     For example::
11451
11452         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11453              def __init__(self):
11454                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11455
11456              def CalcMin(self):
11457                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11458                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11459                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11460                       # layout algorithm.
11461                       ...
11462                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11463
11464               def RecalcSizes(self):
11465                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11466                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11467                   size = self.GetSize()
11468                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11469                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11470                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11471                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11472                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11473                       ...
11474                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11475
11476
11477     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11478     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11479     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11480
11481     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11482
11483
11484     """
11485     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11486     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11487     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11488         """
11489         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11490
11491         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11492         class.
11493         """
11494         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11495         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11496
11497     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11498         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11499         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11500
11501 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11502
11503 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11504
11505 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11506     """
11507     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11508     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11509     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11510     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11511     parameter passed to the constructor.
11512     """
11513     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11514     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11515     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11516         """
11517         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11518
11519         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11520         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11521         sizer.
11522         """
11523         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11524         self._setOORInfo(self)
11525
11526     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11527         """
11528         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11529
11530         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11531         """
11532         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11533
11534     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11535         """
11536         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11537
11538         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11539         """
11540         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11541
11542 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11543
11544 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11545
11546 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11547     """
11548     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11549     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11550     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11551     passed to the sizer constructor.
11552     """
11553     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11554     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11555     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11556         """
11557         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11558
11559         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11560         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11561         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11562         """
11563         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11564         self._setOORInfo(self)
11565
11566     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11567         """
11568         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11569
11570         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11571         """
11572         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11573
11574 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11575
11576 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11577
11578 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11579     """
11580     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11581     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11582     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11583     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11584     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11585     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11586
11587     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11588     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11589     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11590     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11591     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11592     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11593
11594     """
11595     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11596     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11597     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11598         """
11599         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11600
11601         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11602         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11603         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11604         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11605         define extra space between all children.
11606         """
11607         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11608         self._setOORInfo(self)
11609
11610     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11611         """
11612         SetCols(self, int cols)
11613
11614         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11615         """
11616         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11617
11618     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11619         """
11620         SetRows(self, int rows)
11621
11622         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11623         """
11624         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11625
11626     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11627         """
11628         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11629
11630         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11631         """
11632         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11633
11634     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11635         """
11636         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11637
11638         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11639         """
11640         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11641
11642     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11643         """
11644         GetCols(self) -> int
11645
11646         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11647         """
11648         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11649
11650     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11651         """
11652         GetRows(self) -> int
11653
11654         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11655         """
11656         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11657
11658     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11659         """
11660         GetVGap(self) -> int
11661
11662         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11663         """
11664         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11665
11666     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11667         """
11668         GetHGap(self) -> int
11669
11670         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11671         """
11672         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11673
11674     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11675         """
11676         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11677
11678         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11679         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11680         in the constructor.
11681         """
11682         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11683         rows = self.GetRows()
11684         cols = self.GetCols()
11685         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11686         if cols != 0:
11687             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11688         elif rows != 0:
11689             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11690         return (rows, cols)
11691
11692 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11693
11694 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11695
11696 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11697 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11698 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11699 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11700     """
11701     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11702     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11703     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11704     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11705     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11706
11707     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11708     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11709     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11710     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11711     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11712     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11713
11714
11715     """
11716     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11717     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11718     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11719         """
11720         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11721
11722         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11723         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11724         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11725         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11726         define extra space between all children.
11727         """
11728         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11729         self._setOORInfo(self)
11730
11731     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11732         """
11733         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11734
11735         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11736         is extra space available to the sizer.
11737
11738         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11739         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11740         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11741         """
11742         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11743
11744     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11745         """
11746         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11747
11748         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11749         """
11750         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11751
11752     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11753         """
11754         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11755
11756         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11757         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11758
11759         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11760         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11761         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11762         """
11763         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11764
11765     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11766         """
11767         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11768
11769         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11770         """
11771         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11772
11773     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11774         """
11775         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11776
11777         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11778         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11779         other value is ignored.
11780
11781             ==============    =======================================
11782             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11783             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11784             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11785                               (this is the default value).
11786             ==============    =======================================
11787
11788         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11789
11790         """
11791         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11792
11793     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11794         """
11795         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11796
11797         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11798         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11799
11800         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11801         """
11802         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11803
11804     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11805         """
11806         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11807
11808         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11809         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11810         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11811
11812             ==========================  =================================================
11813             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11814             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11815                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11816                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11817                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11818             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11819                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11820                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11821             ==========================  =================================================
11822
11823         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11824
11825
11826         """
11827         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11828
11829     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11830         """
11831         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11832
11833         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11834         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11835
11836         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11837         """
11838         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11839
11840     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11841         """
11842         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11843
11844         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11845         rows in the sizer.
11846         """
11847         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11848
11849     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11850         """
11851         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11852
11853         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11854         columns in the sizer.
11855         """
11856         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11857
11858 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11859
11860 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11861     """
11862     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11863     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11864     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11865     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11866     will take care of the rest.
11867
11868     """
11869     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11870     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11871     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11872         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11873         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11874     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11875         """
11876         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11877
11878         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11879         method in the base class.
11880         """
11881         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11882
11883     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11884         """
11885         Realize(self)
11886
11887         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11888         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11889         specifc manner.
11890         """
11891         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11892
11893     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11894         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11895         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11896
11897     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11898         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11899         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11900
11901     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11902         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11903         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11904
11905     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11906         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11907         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11908
11909     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11910         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11911         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11912
11913     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11914         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11915         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11916
11917     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11918         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11919         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11920
11921     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11922         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11923         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11924
11925 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11926
11927 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11928
11929 class GBPosition(object):
11930     """
11931     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11932     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11933     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11934     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11935     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11936     """
11937     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11938     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11939     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11940         """
11941         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11942
11943         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11944         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11945         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11946         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11947         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11948         """
11949         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11950     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11951     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11952     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11953         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11954         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11955
11956     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11957         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11958         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11959
11960     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11961         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11962         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11963
11964     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11965         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11966         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11967
11968     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11969         """
11970         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11971
11972         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11973         """
11974         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11975
11976     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11977         """
11978         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11979
11980         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11981         """
11982         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11983
11984     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11985         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11986         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11987
11988     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11989         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11990         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11991
11992     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11993     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11994     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11995     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11996     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11997     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11998         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11999         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12000         else: raise IndexError
12001     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12002     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12003     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12004
12005     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12006     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12007
12008 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12009
12010 class GBSpan(object):
12011     """
12012     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12013     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12014     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12015     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12016     nearly transparently in Python code.
12017
12018     """
12019     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12020     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12021     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12022         """
12023         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12024
12025         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12026         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12027         cell in each direction.
12028         """
12029         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12030     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12031     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12032     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12033         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12034         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12035
12036     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12037         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12038         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12039
12040     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12041         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12042         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12043
12044     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12045         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12046         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12047
12048     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12049         """
12050         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12051
12052         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12053         """
12054         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12055
12056     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12057         """
12058         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12059
12060         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12061         """
12062         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12063
12064     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12065         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12066         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12067
12068     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12069         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12070         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12071
12072     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12073     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12074     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12075     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12076     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12077     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12078         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12079         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12080         else: raise IndexError
12081     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12082     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12083     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12084
12085     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12086     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12087
12088 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12089
12090 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12091     """
12092     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12093     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12094     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12095
12096     """
12097     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12098     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12099     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12100         """
12101         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12102
12103         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12104         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12105         item can be used in a Sizer.
12106
12107         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12108         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12109         """
12110         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12111     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12112     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12113     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12114         """
12115         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12116
12117         Get the grid position of the item
12118         """
12119         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12120
12121     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12122     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12123         """
12124         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12125
12126         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12127         """
12128         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12129
12130     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12131     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12132         """
12133         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12134
12135         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12136         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12137         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12138         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12139         """
12140         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12141
12142     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12143         """
12144         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12145
12146         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12147         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12148         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12149         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12150
12151         """
12152         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12153
12154     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12155         """
12156         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12157
12158         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12159         """
12160         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12161
12162     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12163         """
12164         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12165
12166         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12167         """
12168         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12169
12170     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12171         """
12172         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12173
12174         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12175         """
12176         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12177
12178     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12179         """
12180         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12181
12182         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12183         """
12184         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12185
12186     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12187         """
12188         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12189
12190         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12191         """
12192         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12193
12194 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12195 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12196
12197 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12198     """
12199     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12200         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12201
12202     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12203     """
12204     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12205     return val
12206
12207 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12208     """
12209     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12210         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12211
12212     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12213     """
12214     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12215     return val
12216
12217 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12218     """
12219     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12220         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12221
12222     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12223     """
12224     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12225     return val
12226
12227 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12228     """
12229     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12230     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12231     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12232     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12233     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12234     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12235
12236     """
12237     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12238     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12239     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12240         """
12241         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12242
12243         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12244         rows and columns.
12245         """
12246         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12247         self._setOORInfo(self)
12248
12249     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12250         """
12251         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12252         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12253
12254         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12255         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12256         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12257
12258         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12259         position, False if something was already there.
12260
12261         """
12262         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12263
12264     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12265         """
12266         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12267
12268         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12269         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12270         something was already there.
12271         """
12272         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12273
12274     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12275         """
12276         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12277
12278         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12279         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12280         """
12281         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12282
12283     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12284         """
12285         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12286
12287         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12288         """
12289         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12290
12291     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12292         """
12293         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12294
12295         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12296         """
12297         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12298
12299     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12300         """
12301         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12302
12303         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12304         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12305         index of an item.
12306         """
12307         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12308
12309     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12310         """
12311         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12312
12313         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12314         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12315         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12316         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12317
12318         """
12319         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12320
12321     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12322         """
12323         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12324
12325         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12326         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12327         zero-based index of an item.
12328         """
12329         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12330
12331     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12332         """
12333         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12334
12335         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12336         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12337         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12338         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12339         """
12340         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12341
12342     def FindItem(*args):
12343         """
12344         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12345
12346         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12347         not found. (non-recursive)
12348         """
12349         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12350
12351     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12352         """
12353         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12354
12355         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12356         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12357         """
12358         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12359
12360     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12361         """
12362         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12363
12364         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12365         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12366         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12367         layout. (non-recursive)
12368         """
12369         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12370
12371     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12372         """
12373         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12374
12375         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12376         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12377         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12378         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12379         position of.
12380
12381         """
12382         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12383
12384     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12385         """
12386         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12387
12388         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12389         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12390         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12391         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12392         position of.
12393         """
12394         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12395
12396 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12397
12398 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12399
12400 Left = _core_.Left
12401 Top = _core_.Top
12402 Right = _core_.Right
12403 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12404 Width = _core_.Width
12405 Height = _core_.Height
12406 Centre = _core_.Centre
12407 Center = _core_.Center
12408 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12409 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12410 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12411 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12412 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12413 Above = _core_.Above
12414 Below = _core_.Below
12415 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12416 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12417 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12418 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12419 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12420     """
12421     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12422     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12423     You will never need to create an instance of
12424     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12425     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12426     that it contains.
12427     """
12428     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12429     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12430     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12431     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12432         """
12433         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12434
12435         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12436         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12437         """
12438         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12439
12440     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12441         """
12442         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12443
12444         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12445         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12446         other window.
12447         """
12448         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12449
12450     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12451         """
12452         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12453
12454         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12455         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12456         other window.
12457         """
12458         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12459
12460     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12461         """
12462         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12463
12464         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12465         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12466         window.
12467         """
12468         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12469
12470     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12471         """
12472         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12473
12474         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12475         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12476         window.
12477         """
12478         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12479
12480     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12481         """
12482         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12483
12484         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12485         given window, with an optional margin.
12486         """
12487         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12488
12489     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12490         """
12491         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12492
12493         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12494         window, with an optional margin.
12495         """
12496         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12497
12498     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12499         """
12500         Absolute(self, int val)
12501
12502         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12503         """
12504         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12505
12506     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12507         """
12508         Unconstrained(self)
12509
12510         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12511         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12512         """
12513         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12514
12515     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12516         """
12517         AsIs(self)
12518
12519         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12520         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12521         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12522         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12523         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12524         button label.
12525         """
12526         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12527
12528     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12529         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12530         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12531
12532     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12533         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12534         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12535
12536     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12537         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12538         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12539
12540     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12541         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12542         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12543
12544     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12545         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12546         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12547
12548     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12549         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12550         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12551
12552     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12553         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12554         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12555
12556     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12557         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12558         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12559
12560     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12561         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12562         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12563
12564     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12565         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12566         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12567
12568     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12569         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12570         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12571
12572     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12573         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12574         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12575
12576     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12577         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12578         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12579
12580     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12581         """
12582         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12583
12584         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12585         """
12586         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12587
12588     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12589         """
12590         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12591
12592         Try to satisfy constraint
12593         """
12594         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12595
12596     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12597         """
12598         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12599
12600         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12601         is not determinable, -1.
12602         """
12603         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12604
12605 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12606
12607 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12608     """
12609     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12610     instead.
12611
12612     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12613     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12614
12615     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12616     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12617     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12618
12619         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12620         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12621         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12622         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12623         * width: represents the width of the window
12624         * height: represents the height of the window
12625         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12626         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12627
12628     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12629     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12630     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12631     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12632     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12633     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12634     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12635
12636     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12637
12638     """
12639     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12640     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12641     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12642     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12643     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12644     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12645     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12646     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12647     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12648     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12649     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12650         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12651         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12652     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12653     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12654     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12655         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12656         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12657
12658     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12659         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12660         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12661
12662 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12663
12664 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12665
12666 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12667 try:
12668     True
12669 except NameError:
12670     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12671     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12672     def bool(value): return not not value
12673     __builtins__.bool = bool
12674
12675
12676
12677 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12678 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12679 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12680 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12681
12682
12683 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12684 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12685 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12686
12687 from __version__ import *
12688 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12689
12690 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12691 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12692 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12693     import warnings
12694     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12695
12696 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12697
12698 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12699 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12700 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12701 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12702 #
12703 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12704 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12705 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12706 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12707 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12708 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12709
12710 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12711 if default == 'ascii':
12712     import locale
12713     import codecs
12714     try:
12715         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12716         codecs.lookup(default)
12717     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12718         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12719     del locale
12720     del codecs
12721 if default:
12722     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12723 del default
12724
12725 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12726
12727 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12728     pass
12729
12730 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12731     """
12732     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12733     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12734     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12735     """
12736     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12737     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12738
12739     def __repr__(self):
12740         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12741             self._name = "[unknown]"
12742         return self.reprStr % self._name
12743
12744     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12745         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12746             self._name = "[unknown]"
12747         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12748
12749     def __nonzero__(self):
12750         return 0
12751
12752
12753
12754 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12755     pass
12756
12757 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12758     """
12759     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12760     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12761     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12762     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12763     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12764     is ready.
12765     """
12766
12767     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12768     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12769
12770     def __repr__(self):
12771         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12772         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12773         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12774
12775     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12776         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12777         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12778         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12779
12780     def __nonzero__(self):
12781         return 0
12782
12783
12784 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12785
12786 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12787     """
12788     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12789     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12790     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12791     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12792
12793     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12794     """
12795     app = wx.GetApp()
12796     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12797
12798     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12799         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12800         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12801                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12802     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12803     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12804     evt.callable = callable
12805     evt.args = args
12806     evt.kw = kw
12807     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12808
12809 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12810
12811
12812 class FutureCall:
12813     """
12814     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12815     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12816     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12817     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12818
12819     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12820     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12821     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12822     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12823     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12824     object.
12825
12826     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12827     """
12828     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12829         self.millis = millis
12830         self.callable = callable
12831         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12832         self.runCount = 0
12833         self.running = False
12834         self.hasRun = False
12835         self.result = None
12836         self.timer = None
12837         self.Start()
12838
12839     def __del__(self):
12840         self.Stop()
12841
12842
12843     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12844         """
12845         (Re)start the timer
12846         """
12847         self.hasRun = False
12848         if millis is not None:
12849             self.millis = millis
12850         if args or kwargs:
12851             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12852         self.Stop()
12853         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12854         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12855         self.running = True
12856     Restart = Start
12857
12858
12859     def Stop(self):
12860         """
12861         Stop and destroy the timer.
12862         """
12863         if self.timer is not None:
12864             self.timer.Stop()
12865             self.timer = None
12866
12867
12868     def GetInterval(self):
12869         if self.timer is not None:
12870             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12871         else:
12872             return 0
12873
12874
12875     def IsRunning(self):
12876         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12877
12878
12879     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12880         """
12881         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12882         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12883         new call to the same callable object but with different
12884         parameters.
12885         """
12886         self.args = args
12887         self.kwargs = kwargs
12888
12889
12890     def HasRun(self):
12891         return self.hasRun
12892
12893     def GetResult(self):
12894         return self.result
12895
12896     def Notify(self):
12897         """
12898         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12899         """
12900         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12901             self.runCount += 1
12902             self.running = False
12903             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12904         self.hasRun = True
12905         if not self.running:
12906             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12907             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12908
12909
12910
12911 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12912 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12913 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12914 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12915 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12916 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12917 # where they should be used.
12918
12919 class __DocFilter:
12920     """
12921     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12922     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12923     """
12924     def __init__(self, globals):
12925         self._globals = globals
12926
12927     def __call__(self, name):
12928         import types
12929         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12930
12931         # only document classes and function
12932         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12933             return False
12934
12935         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
12936         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12937             return False
12938
12939         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
12940         if name.find('_') != -1:
12941             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
12942             methname = name.split('_')[1]
12943             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
12944                 return False
12945
12946         return True
12947
12948 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12949 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12950
12951 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12952 # "core" wx namespace
12953 from _gdi import *
12954 from _windows import *
12955 from _controls import *
12956 from _misc import *
12957
12958 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12959 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12960
12961
12962